IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE
BULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIV NUMBER 19 March 20,
2002 Pages 1481 to 1560
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 1495 to 1556 include ARC 1466B to ARC
1489B
AGENDA
Administrative rules review committee 1486
AGRICULTURE AND LAND
STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Notice, Definition—breeder of a foal, 62.1
ARC
1473B 1495
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 1484
Publication procedures 1485
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 1485
Agency identification numbers 1493
ARTS DIVISION[222]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS
DEPARTMENT[221]“umbrella”
Notice, Grants programs, rescind chs 3, 4;
amend chs 6, 18;
adopt chs 5, 7 to 13
ARC 1485B 1495
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 1483
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Notice, Iowa community cultural grants (ICCG)
program;
cultural enrichment grant (CEG)
program, 6.1 to 6.5, 8.4, 8.7 to
8.9
ARC 1486B 1501
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Notice, Adding endorsements to licenses,
14.106 ARC
1483B 1504
Notice, License, certificate or
authorization
renewal—completion of training for reporting
child
abuse and dependent adult abuse,
16.3, 17.5 to 17.9, 19.5, 20.6, 21.5,
22.13
ARC 1484B 1504
ENERGY AND GEOLOGICAL
RESOURCES
DIVISION[565]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Filed, Building energy management
programs, 6.1 to 6.8
ARC 1478B 1545
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Title V—insignificant activities,
22.100,
22.103 ARC 1475B 1507
Notice, Definition of adjacent—determining
when two
or more open feedlots must
obtain an operating permit, 65.1
ARC
1476B 1510
Notice, Recycling operations; citizens
convenience centers
and transfer stations,
renumber 106.1 to 106.4 as 104.21 to
104.24; adopt
106.1 to 106.19 ARC 1477B 1510
Filed, Open burning variance; construction
permits; Title V
permits; emission standards—
hazardous air pollutants, 20.3(2),
22.1(1),
22.3(3), 22.100, 22.101(1), 22.201(2),
22.300, 23.1, 25.1 ARC
1479B 1545
Filed, Transportation of radioactive
materials in Iowa,
rescind ch 132
ARC 1474B 1546
INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Filed, Acquisition of information technology
devices and
services, ch 13 ARC 1481B 1546
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice, Issuance of investigatory subpoenas,
1.1(6) to
1.1(9) ARC 1482B 1517
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice of workers’ compensation rate
filing 1518
Notice, Financial instruments used in
hedging transactions,
ch 49 ARC 1488B 1518
Filed Emergency, Financial instruments
used in hedging
transactions, ch 49
ARC 1487B 1543
Filed, Long–term care asset preservation
program,
72.3, 72.5 ARC 1489B 1554
NURSING BOARD[655]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Increase in license fees, 3.1
ARC
1470B 1518
NURSING BOARD[655] (Cont’d)
Notice, Enrollees in approved nursing
education
programs—active licensure in U.S. jurisdiction
where care
is provided, 3.2(2)“d”
ARC 1469B 1519
Notice, Continuing education—sanction imposed
as
disciplinary action, 4.7 ARC 1471B 1519
PAROLE BOARD[205]
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]“umbrella”
Notice, Rescind chs 1 to 15; adopt chs 1 to 16
ARC
1472B 1519
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 1490
REAL ESTATE APPRAISER
EXAMINING
BOARD[193F]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Complaint and investigatory information
and
procedures; board–approved distance
education courses, 5.1(1),
6.1(1),
8.2 to 8.17, 11.6 to 11.13 ARC 1480B 1537
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice, For–hire intrastate motor carrier
authority,
524.1(2), 524.3(3), 524.10,
524.11(1), 524.12, 524.16 to 524.18
ARC
1466B 1541
Filed, Project cost reporting requirements
for cities and
counties, ch 178 ARC 1468B 1555
Filed, Application for license; license
issuance;
sanctions, 601.1, 605.12,
605.26, 615.37, 615.38 ARC
1467B 1556
TREASURER OF STATE
Notice—Public funds interest rates 1542
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa
Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number)
IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered
subparagraph).
441 IAC 79 (Chapter)
441 IAC
79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative
Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page
number), (ARC number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC
872A
PUBLISHED UNDER
AUTHORITY OF IOWA
CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates
[12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury
[535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates
[535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone:
(515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $273.00 plus
$16.38 sales tax
October 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $215.00 plus $12.90
sales tax
January 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $144.50 plus $8.67 sales
tax
April 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $72.00 plus $4.32 sales tax
Single copies may be purchased for $20.50 plus $1.23 sales
tax.
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements
are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,252.75 plus $75.17 sales
tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin. Additional binders may be purchased for $11.75 plus $.71 sales
tax.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $440.50 plus
$26.43 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2002)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing
Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2002
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
Jan. 4 ’02
|
Jan. 23 ’02
|
Feb. 12 ’02
|
Feb. 27 ’02
|
Mar. 1 ’02
|
Mar. 20 ’02
|
Apr. 24 ’02
|
July 22 ’02
|
Jan. 18
|
Feb. 6
|
Feb. 26
|
Mar. 13
|
Mar. 15
|
Apr. 3
|
May 8
|
Aug. 5
|
Feb. 1
|
Feb. 20
|
Mar. 12
|
Mar. 27
|
Mar. 29
|
Apr. 17
|
May 22
|
Aug. 19
|
Feb. 15
|
Mar. 6
|
Mar. 26
|
Apr. 10
|
Apr. 12
|
May 1
|
June 5
|
Sept. 2
|
Mar. 1
|
Mar. 20
|
Apr. 9
|
Apr. 24
|
Apr. 26
|
May 15
|
June 19
|
Sept. 16
|
Mar. 15
|
Apr. 3
|
Apr. 23
|
May 8
|
May 10
|
May 29
|
July 3
|
Sept. 30
|
Mar. 29
|
Apr. 17
|
May 7
|
May 22
|
May 24
|
June 12
|
July 17
|
Oct. 14
|
Apr. 12
|
May 1
|
May 21
|
June 5
|
June 7
|
June 26
|
July 31
|
Oct. 28
|
Apr. 26
|
May 15
|
June 4
|
June 19
|
June 21
|
July 10
|
Aug. 14
|
Nov. 11
|
May 10
|
May 29
|
June 18
|
July 3
|
July 5
|
July 24
|
Aug. 28
|
Nov. 25
|
May 24
|
June 12
|
July 2
|
July 17
|
July 19
|
Aug. 7
|
Sept. 11
|
Dec. 9
|
June 7
|
June 26
|
July 16
|
July 31
|
Aug. 2
|
Aug. 21
|
Sept. 25
|
Dec. 23
|
June 21
|
July 10
|
July 30
|
Aug. 14
|
Aug. 16
|
Sept. 4
|
Oct. 9
|
Jan. 6 ’03
|
July 5
|
July 24
|
Aug. 13
|
Aug. 28
|
Aug. 30
|
Sept. 18
|
Oct. 23
|
Jan. 20 ’03
|
July 19
|
Aug. 7
|
Aug. 27
|
Sept. 11
|
Sept. 13
|
Oct. 2
|
Nov. 6
|
Feb. 3 ’03
|
Aug. 2
|
Aug. 21
|
Sept. 10
|
Sept. 25
|
Sept. 27
|
Oct. 16
|
Nov. 20
|
Feb. 17 ’03
|
Aug. 16
|
Sept. 4
|
Sept. 24
|
Oct. 9
|
Oct. 11
|
Oct. 30
|
Dec. 4
|
Mar. 3 ’03
|
Aug. 30
|
Sept. 18
|
Oct. 8
|
Oct. 23
|
Oct. 25
|
Nov. 13
|
Dec. 18
|
Mar. 17 ’03
|
Sept. 13
|
Oct. 2
|
Oct. 22
|
Nov. 6
|
Nov. 8
|
Nov. 27
|
Jan. 1 ’03
|
Mar. 31 ’03
|
Sept. 27
|
Oct. 16
|
Nov. 5
|
Nov. 20
|
Nov. 22
|
Dec. 11
|
Jan. 15 ’03
|
Apr. 14 ’03
|
Oct. 11
|
Oct. 30
|
Nov. 19
|
Dec. 4
|
Dec. 6
|
Dec. 25
|
Jan. 29 ’03
|
Apr. 28 ’03
|
Oct. 25
|
Nov. 13
|
Dec. 3
|
Dec. 18
|
Dec. 20
|
Jan. 8 ’03
|
Feb. 12 ’03
|
May 12 ’03
|
Nov. 8
|
Nov. 27
|
Dec. 17
|
Jan. 1 ’03
|
Jan. 3 ’03
|
Jan. 22 ’03
|
Feb. 26 ’03
|
May 26 ’03
|
Nov. 22
|
Dec. 11
|
Dec. 31
|
Jan. 15 ’03
|
Jan. 17 ’03
|
Feb. 5 ’03
|
Mar. 12 ’03
|
June 9 ’03
|
Dec. 6
|
Dec. 25
|
Jan. 14 ’03
|
Jan. 29 ’03
|
Jan. 31 ’03
|
Feb. 19 ’03
|
Mar. 26 ’03
|
June 23 ’03
|
Dec. 20
|
Jan. 8 ’03
|
Jan. 28 ’03
|
Feb. 12 ’03
|
Feb. 14 ’03
|
Mar. 5 ’03
|
Apr. 9 ’03
|
July 7 ’03
|
Jan. 3 ’03
|
Jan. 22 ’03
|
Feb. 11 ’03
|
Feb. 26 ’03
|
Feb. 28 ’03
|
Mar. 19 ’03
|
Apr. 23 ’03
|
July 21 ’03
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
21
|
Friday, March 29, 2002
|
April 17, 2002
|
22
|
Friday, April 12, 2002
|
May 1, 2002
|
23
|
Friday, April 26, 2002
|
May 15, 2002
|
PLEASE
NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be accepted.
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the publication of rule–making
documents, we request that you send your document(s) as an attachment(s) to an
E–mail message, addressed to both of the following:
bruce.carr@legis.state.ia.us and
kathleen.bates@legis.state.ia.us
2. Alternatively, you may send a PC–compatible diskette
of the rule making. Please indicate on each diskette the following information:
agency name, file name, format used for exporting, and chapter(s) amended.
Diskettes may be delivered to the Administrative Code Division, First Floor
South, Grimes State Office Building, or included with the documents submitted to
the Governor’s Administrative Rules Coordinator.
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
2001 WINTER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
December 2001)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (July 2001 through
December 2001)
Iowa Court Rules (effective February 15,
2002)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Runde
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
AGENDA
The Administrative Rules Review Committee will hold a special
meeting on Monday, April 8, 2002, at 8 a.m. in Room 116, State Capitol, Des
Moines, Iowa. The following rules will be reviewed:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Definitions regarding breeders of
Iowa–foaled horses, 62.1, Notice ARC
1473B 3/20/02
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Organization and administration; certificate as a
certified public accountant; license as a licensed public
accountant;
registration and renewal; attest services;
licensed public accounting firms; certified public accounting
firms;
substantial equivalency; continuing education;
fees; peer review; professional conduct;
discipline,
rescind chs 1 to 19; adopt new chs 1 to 19,
Notice ARC 1408B 3/6/02
ARTS DIVISION[222]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS
DEPARTMENT[221]“umbrella”
Technical assistance program; access to the arts
funding program; traditional arts apprenticeship program;
operational support grants to major and midsize arts
organizations; arts in education artists roster; minigrant
program;
William H. Jackson scholarship for the arts;
project support grants for organizations; project support grants for
artists;
arts in education project support grants;
artists in schools/communities residency program; definition of “artist
business,”
rescind chs 3, 4; adopt ch 5; 6.2, 6.3,
6.5 to 6.9, 6.11, 6.15; adopt chs 7 to 13; 18.2, Notice ARC
1485B 3/20/02
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Iowa community cultural grants program; cultural
enrichment grant program,
6.1 to 6.4, 6.5“9,”
8.4, 8.7 to 8.9, Notice ARC 1486B 3/20/02
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Adding endorsements to licenses, 14.106,
Notice ARC 1483B 3/20/02
Mandatory training for reporting child abuse and
dependent adult abuse,
16.3, 17.5 to 17.9, 19.5, 20.6,
21.5, 22.13, Notice ARC 1484B 3/20/02
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
Waivers and variances, 1.2(2), 1.2(3),
Filed ARC 1434B 3/6/02
Senior internship program; senior community
service employment program; retired Iowans community employment
program;
coordination with the job training partnership
act, 1.7, 5.1(2)“d,” 5.1(3) to 5.1(5), 5.1(5)“b” and
“e,” 5.1(6), 5.2(2)“b,”
5.7(3),
5.8(3), 5.9(5) to 5.9(7), 5.13(1), 5.14(11), ch 10, rescind chs 11, 12,
Filed Emergency After Notice ARC 1436B 3/6/02
Resident advocate committees—accountability
measures, 9.6(2)“c,” 9.15, Notice ARC
1435B 3/6/02
ENERGY AND GEOLOGICAL RESOURCES DIVISION[565]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Building energy management programs, ch 6,
Filed ARC 1478B 3/20/02
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Open burning variance; construction permits;
title V permits; emission standards—hazardous air
pollutants,
20.3(2), 22.1(1)“c”(4),
22.3(3)“b,” 22.100, 22.101(1), 22.201(2)“b,”
22.300(3)“b” and “c,”
22.300(7)“c,”
23.1(2),
23.1(2)“uuu” and “vvv,” 23.1(4),
23.1(4)“am,” “br,” “cc,” “cg”
and “cv,” 23.1(5),
25.1(9),
25.1(10)“a,” Filed ARC
1479B 3/20/02
Controlling air pollution—Title V
insignificant activities, 22.100, 22.103, 22.103(1), 22.103(2), Notice
ARC 1475B 3/20/02
Animal feeding operations—adjacent
feedlots, 65.1, Notice ARC 1476B 3/20/02
Recycling operations, 104.21 to 104.24, ch 106
title, 106.1 to 106.19, Notice ARC
1477B 3/20/02
Transportation of radioactive materials in Iowa,
rescind ch 132, Filed ARC 1474B 3/20/02
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Procedures for rule making; petitions for rule
making; declaratory orders, 3.3(2), 3.4(2), 3.4(3), 3.5(1),
3.5(3)“a,”
3.5(5), 3.6, 3.11(1),
3.12(1)“b” and “f,” 4.1, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3(3), 5.5, 5.6(2),
5.8(1), 5.9(1), Filed ARC 1419B 3/6/02
Overpayments, ch 11 preamble, 11.1,
Filed ARC 1420B 3/6/02
Offset of county debts owed the department,
14.2(1)“c,” 14.2(2), 14.2(3), 14.3,
14.4(1),
14.4(1)“e”(1),
14.4(1)“g,” 14.5, 14.6(2), Notice ARC
1418B 3/6/02
Community mental health center waiver request,
25.78 to 25.80, ch 25 div VII, 25.81, Notice ARC
1416B 3/6/02
Hardship exemption eligibility; family investment
agreements, 41.24(2), 41.30(3)“d”(3) and (7) to (10),
41.30(3)“e,”
41.30(3)“e”(1),
46.21, 93.109, 93.111(1)“e,” Filed ARC
1421B 3/6/02
Cost–of–living adjustments for state
supplementary assistance (SSA) and Medicaid, 51.4(1), 51.7, 52.1(1),
52.1(2),
52.1(3)“a”(2),
75.5(3)“d,” 75.16(2)“d”(3), Filed ARC
1422B 3/6/02
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441] (Cont’d)
Food stamp program, ch 65 preamble, 65.1 to 65.4,
65.8(9), 65.16, 65.19(2)“a” and “c,” 65.19(4),
65.19(6)“a,”
65.19(8), 65.20(1), 65.20(2),
65.21(3), 65.28(9)“h,” 65.37, 65.42, 65.45, Filed ARC
1423B 3/6/02
Health insurance premium payment program, 75.21,
75.21(7)“c,” 75.21(9)“b,” 75.21(13), Filed
ARC 1424B 3/6/02
Coverage for dental services for adults aged 21
and over, 78.4, 78.4(14),
Notice ARC
1425B, also Filed Emergency ARC
1426B 3/6/02
Provider claims, 80.2, 80.2(1), 80.2(2),
80.2(2)“a” to “as,” 80.4, Filed ARC
1427B 3/6/02
Services in psychiatric institutions, 85.1(1),
85.1(1)“a”(3) and (5), 85.1(2), 85.2,
85.6(2)“a,”
85.7(1)“b” and
“e” to “g,” Filed ARC
1428B 3/6/02
Interstate compact on juveniles, ch 143 preamble,
143.4(5), Filed ARC 1429B 3/6/02
Juvenile court services directed programs, 151.1,
151.2(2)“a,” 151.2(3)“d,”
151.30(5)“b,”
151.31(5)“b,”
Filed ARC 1430B 3/6/02
Social services block grants, ch 153 div I
preamble, 153.1, 153.2, 153.3(2), 153.3(3), 153.5,
153.7,
153.8, Filed ARC
1431B 3/6/02
Mental illness, mental retardation, and
developmental disabilities—local services,
rescind
ch 153 div III, Filed ARC 1417B 3/6/02
State payment program provider rates—4.3
percent reduction, 153.57(3)“b,” Filed ARC
1432B 3/6/02
Adult day care; sheltered work/work activity
services; transportation services; community supervised
apartment
living arrangements services program;
residential services for adults,
rescind chs 171, 172,
174, 206, 207, Filed ARC 1433B 3/6/02
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
Acquisition of information technology devices and
services, adopt ch 13, Filed ARC
1481B 3/20/02
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Issuance of subpoenas, 1.1(6) to 1.1(9),
Notice ARC 1482B 3/20/02
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Financial instruments used in hedging
transactions, adopt ch 49,
Notice ARC
1488B, also Filed Emergency ARC
1487B 3/20/02
Long–term care asset preservation program,
72.3, 72.5, 72.5(2)“b” and “e,”
72.5(3),
72.5(4)“a,” “b” and
“d,” 72.5(6), Filed ARC
1489B 3/20/02
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Elimination of fee for special purpose
examination (SPEX), 8.3, Notice ARC
1449B 3/6/02
Licensure fees, 8.4(1), 8.4(2), 9.5(1), 9.11(3),
10.3(3)“a,”
10.3(6), Notice ARC
1265B Terminated ARC 1450B 3/6/02
Passing scores for SPEX and comprehensive
osteopathic medical
variable–purpose examination
(COMVEX–USA), 9.1, 11.1, Filed ARC
1451B 3/6/02
Special physician licenses for foreign medical
graduates, 9.3(1)“d”(4), 10.4(1)“b” and “i,”
Notice ARC 1452B 3/6/02
Mandatory training on identifying and reporting
child and adult abuse, 11.4(1)“c,” Notice ARC
1441B 3/6/02
Mandatory reporting and grounds for discipline;
order for mental or physical examination or alcohol or drug
screening,
12.1, 12.2(2), 12.3, Filed ARC
1443B 3/6/02
Relatives to whom a physician may not prescribe
or dispense controlled substances; subpoena of
confidential
or privileged information,
12.4(19)“b”(2), 12.6(4), 12.6(4)“a,” 12.21, 12.21(1),
Notice ARC 1448B 3/6/02
Procedures for physicians dispensing prescription
drugs via automated dispensing system,
13.6(1),
Filed ARC 1442B 3/6/02
Iowa physician health committee, ch 14,
Filed ARC 1444B 3/6/02
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Roofing and enclosure of private docks, 16.1,
16.3(5), 16.4(6), 16.5(13), 16.5(14), 16.8(10),
16.9(3),
16.10, 16.10(1), 16.10(2), Notice ARC
1464B 3/6/02
Use of nontoxic shot on wildlife areas, 51.9,
Notice ARC 1461B 3/6/02
Waterfowl and coot hunting, 91.1, 91.3,
91.4(2)“h,” “k,” “m” and “n,”
91.6, Notice ARC 1460B 3/6/02
Nonresident deer hunting, 94.1 to 94.3, 94.5(2)
to 94.5(5), 94.6, 94.7(3), 94.7(4), 94.8,
94.10,
94.10(1), 94.10(7), 94.11, Filed ARC
1465B 3/6/02
Wild turkey fall hunting—procedures to
obtain licenses, 99.9, 99.11(6), Notice ARC
1462B 3/6/02
Deer hunting, 106.1(5), 106.5(2)“b,”
106.6(3)“a,” 106.7(3), 106.8,
106.10(1)“a,”
106.11(4), 106.11(5),
Notice ARC 1463B 3/6/02
NURSING BOARD[655]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Delinquent license fees; license under sanction
in another jurisdiction or country; continuing
education,
3.1, 3.3(1)“c,”
3.5(2)“c” to “e,” 3.7(5)“c”(2),
3.7(6)“b”(2), Filed ARC
1407B 3/6/02
Fee increases, 3.1, Notice ARC
1470B 3/20/02
Licensure of nurses enrolled in nursing education
programs, 3.2(2)“d,” Notice ARC
1469B 3/20/02
Addition of continuing education to list of
sanctions the board may impose, 4.7“5” and 6,” Notice
ARC 1471B 3/20/02
PAROLE BOARD[205]
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]“umbrella”
Organization; administrative procedures; public
communications and records; victim notification; parole
and
work release consideration; parole and work release
supervision; parole revocation; parole discharge; executive
clemency;
appeal of decisions; waivers, rescind chs 1 to
8, 10 to 15; adopt new chs 1 to 8, 10, 11, 13 to 16, Notice ARC
1472B 3/20/02
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
IPERS, 17.3(1), 21.3(6), 21.5(1)“a,”
21.18(2), 21.24(14)“a,” 21.26, 21.29(2)“c”(2) and
(4),
21.34, 31.1(2), 33.3, Notice ARC
1409B, also Filed Emergency ARC
1410B 3/6/02
PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES DIVISION[431]
HUMAN RIGHTS
DEPARTMENT[421]“umbrella”
Waiver rules, adopt ch 7, Filed ARC
1406B 3/6/02
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Cosmetology arts and sciences examiners, adopt ch
59, Notice ARC 1412B 3/6/02
Cosmetology arts and sciences examiners, 60.1,
60.3(1), 60.3(4), 60.8(2)“c” and “e,” 60.9, 60.10(4) to
60.10(6), 61.1(1),
61.1(6)“a,”
“c,” “d” and “g,” 62.1(8), 62.1(16),
62.1(18), 64.2(1), 64.6“4” to “7,” 64.10(4),
Filed ARC 1411B 3/6/02
Hearing aid dispensers examiners, chs 120 to 122;
122.6“3,” “5” and “6,”
122.9,
122.10; chs 124, 125, Notice ARC
1440B 3/6/02
Physical and occupational therapy examiners, chs
200 to 202; 203.2(1), 203.2(3) to 203.2(6), 203.5“3” to
“6,”
203.8, 203.9(1), 203.9(3); ch 204,
Filed ARC 1413B 3/6/02
Physical and occupational therapy examiners, chs
205, 206; 207.2(1), 207.2(3) to 207.2(6), 207.5“3” to
“6,”
207.8, 207.9(1)“b” and
“d,” 207.9(2)“c”; chs 208, 209, Filed ARC
1439B 3/6/02
Psychology examiners, ch 239, Notice
ARC 1454B 3/6/02
Psychology examiners, 240.1,
240.11(2)“b” to “j,” Filed ARC
1453B 3/6/02
Social work examiners, 280.1, 280.8(3) to
280.8(5), Notice ARC 1458B 3/6/02
REAL ESTATE APPRAISER EXAMINING BOARD[193F]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Continuing education; discipline,
5.1(1)“a,” “b” and “d,”
6.1(1)“a,” “d” and “e,” 8.2 to
8.17,
11.6 to 11.13, Notice ARC
1480B 3/20/02
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Corporation tax; franchise tax,
52.1(5)“d,” 52.1(6)“e,” 52.3(2), 52.3(3), 52.5(2),
52.5(4), 52.5(4)“e,” 52.9,
52.12, 52.14,
53.1, 53.8(2), 53.8(3), 53.17(3), 54.2(3)“f,” 54.6(1), 54.9, 55.2,
58.5(4), 59.1, 59.9, 59.17(1), 59.18(3),
59.20,
59.28(2)“m,” 59.29, Filed ARC
1415B 3/6/02
Valuation of low–income housing property,
71.5, 71.5(1), 71.5(2), Filed Emergency ARC
1414B 3/6/02
STATUS OF AFRICAN–AMERICANS, DIVISION ON
THE[434]
HUMAN RIGHTS
DEPARTMENT[421]“umbrella”
Waiver rules, adopt ch 7, Filed ARC
1459B 3/6/02
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Project cost reporting requirements for cities
and counties, adopt ch 178, Filed ARC
1468B 3/20/02
For–hire intrastate motor carrier
authority, 524.1(2), 524.3(3)“d,” 524.10, 524.11(1), 524.12(1),
524.12(2),
524.16 to 524.18, Notice ARC
1466B 3/20/02
Application for license; license issuance;
sanctions, 601.1(1), 601.1(6), 601.1(7), 605.12, 605.26,
615.37,
615.38(1), 615.38(5)“b,”
Filed ARC 1467B 3/20/02
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Sale of goods and services, 1.6(2),
Notice ARC 1456B 3/6/02
Update of pipeline and transmission line rules,
10.2(1)“i” to “k,” 10.3(4)“a,”
11.5(1)“a,”
13.2(1)“i” to
“k,” Notice ARC 1455B 3/6/02
UTILITIES DIVISION[199] (Cont’d)
Electric delivery reliability,
20.2(5)“c” to “k,” 20.5(4), 20.5(5), 20.7(11) to
20.7(13), 20.18,
25.3, 25.4, Notice ARC
1437B 3/6/02
Generation plant siting, 24.1(2), 24.1(3), 24.2,
24.3(2)“c” and “d,” 24.4, 24.4(1) to 24.4(7), 24.5(3),
24.6(1),
24.6(2)“a” and “b,”
24.7(6), 24.8, 24.8(1), 24.8(6), 24.9, 24.9(1), 24.9(3), 24.9(4), 24.10,
24.10(2), 24.10(5),
24.11, 24.11(2), 24.12, 24.12(3),
24.12(4), 24.13 to 24.16, Filed ARC
1438B 3/6/02
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Technical corrections; forms; contested cases,
1.2, 3.1(10), 3.1(18), 3.1(19), 4.1(16) to 4.1(20),
4.7,
4.8(2)“a,” 4.29, 6.4, Filed
ARC 1445B 3/6/02
Filing of information—electronic data
interchange (EDI), 2.6, 3.1(1) to 3.1(4), 11.2, 11.3, 11.7 Filed
ARC 1446B 3/6/02
Prehearing conference report, 3.1(20), 4.20,
Notice ARC 1447B 3/6/02
ADMINISTRATIVE RULES REVIEW COMMITTEE
MEMBERS
Regular statutory meetings are held the second
Tuesday of each month at the seat of government as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.8. A special meeting may be called by the Chair at any place in the state
and at any time.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Terms ending April 30,
2003.
Senator Jeff Angelo 808 West Jefferson Creston, Iowa
50801
|
Representative Clyde Bradley
315 33rd Avenue North
Clinton, Iowa 52732
|
Senator Patricia M. Harper 3336 Santa Maria
Drive Waterloo, Iowa 50702
|
Representative Danny Carroll
244 400th Avenue
Grinnell, Iowa 50112
|
Senator John P. Kibbie
P.O. Box 190
Emmetsburg, Iowa 50536
|
Representative Marcella R. Frevert
P.O. Box 324
Emmetsburg, Iowa 50536
|
Senator Paul McKinley Route 5, Box 101H Chariton, Iowa
50049
|
Representative Mark Kuhn
2667 240th Street
Charles City, Iowa 50616
|
Senator Sheldon Rittmer
3539 230th Street
DeWitt, Iowa 52742
|
Representative Janet Metcalf
12954 Oak Brook Drive
Urbandale, Iowa 50323
|
Joseph A. Royce
Legal Counsel
Capitol, Room 116A
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone (515)281–3084
Fax (515)281–5995
|
Brian Gentry
Administrative Rules Coordinator
Governor’s Ex Officio Representative
Capitol, Room 11
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
|
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request
that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing
the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty
days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
|
|
General, chs 1 to 19 IAB 3/6/02 ARC
1408B
|
1918 SE Hulsizer Ankeny, Iowa
|
March 26, 2002 3 p.m.
|
ARTS DIVISION[222]
|
|
Grant programs, chs 3 to 5, 6.2, 6.3, 6.5 to 6.9, 6.11,
6.15, chs 7 to 13, 18.2 IAB 3/20/02 ARC 1485B
|
Classroom A State Historical Society of Iowa 600 E.
Locust St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 15, 2002 1 to 3 p.m.
|
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
|
|
Iowa community cultural grants program; cultural
enrichment grant program, 6.1 to 6.5, 8.4, 8.7 to 8.9 IAB 3/20/02 ARC
1486B
|
Classroom A State Historical Society of Iowa 600 E.
Locust St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 15, 2002 1 to 3 p.m.
|
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
|
|
Adding endorsements to licenses, 14.106 IAB 3/20/02
ARC 1483B
|
State Board Conference Room Second Floor Grimes State
Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 10, 2002 1 p.m.
|
Mandatory training for identifying and reporting child and
dependent adult abuse, 16.3, 17.5 to 17.9, 19.5, 20.6, 21.5, 22.13 IAB
3/20/02 ARC 1484B
|
State Board Conference Room Second Floor Grimes State
Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 10, 2002 2 p.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
|
|
Insignificant activities for the purpose of Title V permits,
22.100, 22.103 IAB 3/20/02 ARC 1475B
|
Conference Rooms 3 and 4 7900 Hickman Rd. Urbandale,
Iowa
|
April 24, 2002 10:30 a.m.
|
Animal feeding operations— adjacent feedlots,
65.1 IAB 3/20/02 ARC 1476B
|
Fifth Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 17, 2002 1 p.m.
|
Fees for new or renewed certification of confinement site and
commercial manure applicators, 65.19 IAB 2/20/02 ARC 1384B
|
Fifth Floor Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 20, 2002 1 p.m.
|
Recycling operations; transfer stations and citizen
convenience centers, 104.21 to 104.24, 106.1 to 106.19 IAB 3/20/02
ARC 1477B
|
Conference Room 5 West Wallace State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
April 9, 2002 3 p.m.
|
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
|
|
Financial instruments used in hedging transactions, ch
49 IAB 3/20/02 ARC 1488B (See also ARC 1487B
herein)
|
330 Maple St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 9, 2002 10 a.m.
|
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
|
|
Fee to take SPEX, 8.3 IAB 3/6/02 ARC
1449B
|
Suite C 400 SW Eighth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 26, 2002 4:15 p.m.
|
Special physician licensure, 9.3(1), 10.4(1) IAB 3/6/02
ARC 1452B
|
Suite C 400 SW Eighth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 26, 2002 3 p.m.
|
Physicians who must complete mandatory training on
identifying and reporting abuse, 11.4(1) IAB 3/6/02 ARC
1441B
|
Suite C 400 SW Eighth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 26, 2002 3 p.m.
|
Definition of “immediate family”;
investigatory subpoenas, 12.4(19), 12.6(4), 12.21 IAB 3/6/02 ARC
1448B
|
Suite C 400 SW Eighth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 26, 2002 3:45 p.m.
|
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
|
|
Public, commercial, private docks and dock management
areas, 16.1, 16.3(5), 16.4(6), 16.5, 16.8(10), 16.9(3), 16.10 IAB
3/6/02 ARC 1464B
|
Fourth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 27, 2002 1 p.m.
|
State game management areas, 51.9 IAB 3/6/02 ARC
1461B
|
Fourth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 10, 2002 10 a.m.
|
Waterfowl and coot hunting seasons, 91.1, 91.3, 91.4(2),
91.6 IAB 3/6/02 ARC 1460B
|
Fourth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 10, 2002 10 a.m.
|
Wild turkey fall hunting by residents—license
procedures, 99.9, 99.11(6) IAB 3/6/02 ARC 1462B
|
Fourth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 10, 2002 10 a.m.
|
Deer hunting by residents, 106.1(5), 106.5(2), 106.6(3),
106.7(3), 106.8, 106.10(1), 106.11 IAB 3/6/02 ARC 1463B
|
Fourth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 18, 2002 10 a.m.
|
PAROLE BOARD[205]
|
|
General, chs 1 to 16 IAB 3/20/02 ARC
1472B
|
Holmes Murphy Bldg. 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way Des
Moines, Iowa
|
April 9, 2002 10 a.m.
|
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
|
|
IPERS, 17.3(1), 21.3(6), 21.5(1), 21.18(2), 21.24(14),
21.26, 21.29(2), 21.34, 31.1(2), 33.3 IAB 3/6/02 ARC
1409B (See also ARC 1410B)
|
7401 Register Dr. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 26, 2002 9 a.m.
|
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
|
|
Administrative and regulatory authority for the board of
cosmetology arts and sciences examiners, ch 59 IAB 3/6/02 ARC
1412B
|
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 28, 2002 9 to 11 a.m.
|
Hearing aid dispensers—licensure, continuing education,
discipline, fees, chs 120 to 122, 124, 125 IAB 3/6/02 ARC
1440B
|
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 26, 2002 1 to 3 p.m.
|
Administrative and regulatory authority for the board of
psychology examiners, ch 239 IAB 3/6/02 ARC 1454B
|
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
March 28, 2002 9 to 11 a.m.
|
Social workers—mandatory reporting of child and
dependent adult abuse, 280.1, 280.8 IAB 3/6/02 ARC 1458B
|
Conference Room Lucas State Office Bldg. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
March 26, 2002 1 to 3 p.m.
|
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
|
|
For–hire intrastate motor carrier authority,
524.1(2), 524.3(3), 524.10, 524.11(1), 524.12, 524.16 to 524.18 IAB 3/20/02
ARC 1466B
|
DOT Conference Room Park Fair Mall 100 Euclid
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 11, 2002 10 a.m. (If
requested)
|
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
|
|
Assessment allocation rules, 17.1 to 17.8 IAB 3/6/02
ARC 1457B (See also ARC 1279B, IAB
1/9/02)
|
Hearing Room 350 Maple St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 19, 2002 10 a.m.
|
Electric delivery reliability, 20.2(5), 20.5, 20.7, 20.18,
25.3, 25.4 IAB 3/6/02 ARC 1437B
|
Hearing Room 350 Maple St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
April 30, 2002 9 a.m.
|
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL, IOWA[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board for[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 1473B
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
99D.22, the Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 62, “Registration of Iowa–Foaled
Horses and Iowa–Whelped Dogs,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This proposed amendment is intended to implement 2001 Iowa
Acts, chapter 129, section 2 [Iowa Code Supplement section 99D.22], which made
changes in the definitions regarding the breeder of an Iowa–foaled
horse.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendment prior to 4:30 p.m. on April 9, 2002. Such written
material should be directed to Morris Boswell, Bureau Chief, Horse and Dog
Bureau, Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship, Wallace State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Comments may also be submitted by fax to
(515)281–8888 or by E–mail to
Morris.Boswell@idals.state.ia.us.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 99D.22.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 21—62.1(99D) by rescinding the
definitions “breeder of a standardbred and quarterhorse” and
“breeder of a thoroughbred” and adopting the following new
definition:
“Breeder of a foal” means the owner of the brood
mare at the time the foal is dropped.
ARC 1485B
ARTS DIVISION[222]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 303.1A(1) and
303.88(1), the Arts Division hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind
Chapter 3, “Technical Assistance Program,” and Chapter 4,
“Access to the Arts Funding Program”; adopt new Chapter 5,
“Traditional Arts Apprenticeship Program”; amend Chapter 6,
“Operational Support Grants to Major and Midsize Arts
Organizations”; adopt new Chapter 7, “Arts in Education Artists
Roster,” new Chapter 8, “Minigrant Program,” new Chapter 9,
“William H. Jackson Scholarship for the Arts,” new Chapter 10,
“Project Support Grants for Organizations,” new Chapter 11,
“Project Support Grants for Artists,” new Chapter 12, “Arts in
Education Project Support Grants,” and new Chapter 13, “Artists in
Schools/Communities Residency Program”; and amend Chapter 18,
“Artist Directory,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This proposed rule making is a direct result of the new
strategic plan, Imagine Iowa 2010: A Cultural Vision, adopted by the Department
of Cultural Affairs. The Arts Council reviewed these amendments pursuant to
Executive Order Number 8 and gathered input from representatives of constituent
groups, grant review advisory panels and the general public.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before April 12, 2002. Such written comments
should be directed to Julie Bailey, Iowa Arts Council, 600 E. Locust Street, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319; E–mail may be sent to Julie.Bailey@
dca.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on April 15, 2002, from1 to 3
p.m. in Classroom A, State Historical Museum, 600 East Locust Street, Des
Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendments. Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have
special requirements, such as those related to hearing or mobility impairments,
should contact the Arts Council and advise of specific needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
303.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind and reserve
222—Chapters 3 and 4.
ITEM 2. Adopt the following
new chapter:
CHAPTER 5
TRADITIONAL ARTS APPRENTICESHIP
PROGRAM
222—5.1(303) Traditional arts apprenticeship
program. The traditional arts apprenticeship program identifies, documents,
honors, and perpetuates the diverse ethnic, religious, geographical,
occupational, local and familial cultural traditions of Iowa. The program
offers apprenticeships to artists for individual, face–to–face
instruction from a recognized master traditional artist.
222—5.2(303) Definitions. The definitions of
terms listed in Iowa Code section 17A.2 and rule 222—1.1(303) shall apply
for terms as they are used throughout this chapter. Additionally, the following
definitions shall apply:
“Apprentice” means an artist who learns under the
guidance of a master artist. An apprentice must be a member of the same folk
group as the master artist. An apprentice must have some prior experience in
the traditional art form at issue and must have a demonstrated long–term
commitment to its continuity.
“Apprenticeship” means a time–honored system
by which skills, techniques, value, and artistry are learned under the guidance
of a recognized master artist.
“Master artist” means an artist who is recognized
by the artist’s community and peers as an exemplary practitioner of a
traditional art form.
“Traditional arts” means those folk and
traditional arts learned as part of the cultural life of a community whose
members share a common ethnic heritage, language, reli–gion, occupation,
or geographic region. These traditions are shaped by the aesthetics and values
of a shared culture and are passed from generation to generation, most often
within family and community, through observation, conversation, and
practice.
222—5.3(303) Eligibility requirements. The
criteria used by the arts division to determine eligibility as outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(4) to 2.3(8) are adopted for this program. Additionally,
participants must meet the following criteria:
5.3(1) The master artist and apprentice must be
residents of Iowa or in a city/town within 30 miles of the state
border.
5.3(2) An apprentice under the age of 18 must have the
application signed by the apprentice’s parent or legal guardian.
5.3(3) Public programs by master artists and
apprentices must take place in Iowa.
222—5.4(303) Restrictions. The restrictions
used by the arts division as outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(10) to 2.3(15),
2.3(19), 2.3(20), 2.3(22), and 2.3(24) to 2.3(31) are adopted for this program
with the following additions:
5.4(1) The traditional arts apprenticeship program
shall not fund professional classes, contemporary studio artists,
re–creations of antiques or past traditions such as reenactment crafts,
and contemporary interpretations of traditional art forms (i.e., the creation of
a theatre piece based on traditional dance or a musical piece based on
traditional tunes).
5.4(2) The traditional arts apprenticeship program
shall not fund academic research or formal study toward an academic or
professional degree or apprenticeship grant applications by arts division staff,
board members, and grant review panelists and their relatives.
222—5.5(303) Review criteria. The advisory
panel shall review applications to the traditional arts apprenticeship program
based upon the following criteria:
5.5(1) Traditional and artistic merit of the master
artist.
5.5(2) Proven interest and ability of
apprentice.
5.5(3) Significance of the art form to the community
or group.
5.5(4) Shared membership of master artist and
apprentice in same ethnic, regional or occupational community and community
support for this apprenticeship.
5.5(5) Likely success of proposed schedule, work plan,
and plans for the apprentice to continue practicing this traditional art
form.
222—5.6(303) Application procedures. An
applicant shall submit a completed official application form as noted in
222—subrule 2.3(10). The applicant shall also submit supporting
materials and documentation as outlined in published guidelines and at least one
letter of support each for the master artist and the apprentice.
222—5.7(303) Deadline. The application deadline
will be published annually by the arts division.
222—5.8(303) Review process. Applications to
the traditional arts apprenticeship program shall be reviewed on an annual basis
with the specific date to be published in the annual traditional arts
apprenticeship guidelines available upon request from the arts division.
Applications shall be reviewed by the appropriate advisory panel in accordance
with 222—subrules 2.2(3), 2.2(4) and 2.3(15) to 2.3(20).
222—5.9(303) Awards. Awards shall be made in
accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(25) to
2.3(31).
222—5.10(303) Notification. Notification shall
be made in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrule
2.3(3).
222—5.11(303) Contract. A contract shall be
issued in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrule
2.3(14).
222—5.12(303) Reporting. Each grantee shall
submit a final report in accordance with procedures outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(27) to 2.3(31).
222—5.13(303) Audit procedures and requirements.
The audit procedures and requirements for grantees as outlined in
222—subrule 2.3(29) shall be in effect for this program.
222—5.14(303) Appeals. An applicant denied
funding may appeal the decision in accordance with procedures outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(32) and 2.3(33).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
303.88.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
222—6.2(303) by adopting the following new definition
in alphabetical order:
“Imagine Iowa 2010: A Cultural Vision” means the
planning document for the department of cultural affairs.
ITEM 4. Amend rules 222—6.3(303),
222—6.5(303) to 222—6.9(303), 222—6.11(303) and
222—6.15(303) as follows:
222—6.3(303) Eligibility. Operational support
grants to major and midsize arts organizations are intended for
artsorganizations incorporated in Iowa and holding federal tax–exempt
status. The program shall be limited to major arts organizations with
established annual cash operating budgets of at least $250,000
$350,000 and midsize arts organizations with established annual cash
operating budgets of at least $50,000 $75,000 and no
more than $250,000 $350,000. Applicants shall be arts
organizations whereby exhibitions are organized, concerts are performed,
productions are mounted or programs are sponsored by the applicant. Applicants
shall operate year–round, have organized plans for artistic and economic
stability, and shall not be an educational institution, or be connected to any
educational institution. Student or youth organizations shall be considered a
lower priority for funding.
222—6.5(303) Funding cycle. The operational
support grant program for major and midsize arts organizations shall operate on
a two–year funding cycle. All applicants shall undergo a formal
review process in year one of the funding cycle and shall be required to submit
an interim program report application in year two of the
funding cycle.
222—6.6(303) Restrictions. Applicants shall be
limited to the submission of one application to the access to the arts granting
program of the arts division in the same fiscal year that they are applying for
operational support. Applications from major arts organizations to the
access to the arts granting program must support arts education programming
activities.
222—6.7(303) Formal application process. Formal
applications submitted in year one of the funding cycle shall be made on an
official arts division operational support grant application form available at
the arts division office. A letter of intent for year one of the funding
cycle shall be due in accordance with an annual a
deadline that shall be published in the program guidelines. Applications
shall be due in accordance with a deadline that shall be published in the
program guidelines.
222—6.8(303) Year two interim program
report application. An interim program
report application shall be submitted to the arts division prior
to year two of the funding cycle. The deadline for the submission of the
interim program report application shall be published in
program guidelines. The interim program report
application shall be available upon request from made
available to year one grant recipients by the arts division
office.
222—6.9(303) Review criteria. The following
criteria shall be used by the advisory panel in year one of the funding
cycle to review applications to the operational support grants to major
and midsize arts organizations program:
6.9(1) Artistic—up to 35
points.
a. Development and support of Iowa artists.
b. Artistic growth.
c. Excellence of product or programs.
6.9(2) Management—up to 30
points.
a. Planning.
b. Evaluation methodology.
c. Fund–raising and stabilization
efforts.
d. Board development efforts.
e. Sound fiscal management.
f. Advocacy efforts.
6.9(3) Education/outreach—up to
15 points.
a. Audience and artistic educational opportunities.
b. Volunteer network development.
c. Involvement of community and schools.
d. Audience development.
6.9(4) Accessibility—up to 20
points.
a. Service to special populations.
b. Americans with Disabilities Act
compliance.
6.9(5) Imagine Iowa.
a. Efforts toward meeting the goals of Imagine Iowa 2010:
A Cultural Vision.
b. Reserved.
222—6.11(303) Year two review process. Interim
program reports operational support grant applications
submitted during year two of the funding cycle are subject to approval by the
administrator of the arts division in consultation with arts division
staff.
222—6.15(303) Reporting. All recipients shall
submit a final report in year two of the funding cycle
annually in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrules
2.3(28) and 2.3(29).
ITEM 5. Adopt the following
new chapters:
CHAPTER 7
ARTS IN EDUCATION ARTISTS ROSTER
222—7.1(303) Arts in education artists roster.
The arts in education artists roster is a resource directory of artists
preapproved to work in arts division–sponsored arts in education programs.
Artists in the arts in education artists roster are selected for their
individual artistic excellence and ability to work in an educational
setting.
222—7.2(303) Definitions. The definitions of
terms listed in Iowa Code section 17A.2 and rule 222—1.1(303) shall apply
for terms as they are used throughout this chapter. In addition, the following
definitions shall apply:
“Artist group or company” means an organized group
of artists who regularly work together.
“Individual artist” means an artist who primarily
works independently and not regularly with an artist group or company.
“Residency” means an arts division–supported
program in which the artist works in a school or community educational setting
and instructs participants in a chosen artistic discipline for a period of five
days or longer.
222—7.3(303) Eligibility. Individual artists,
artist groups or companies may apply. An applicant artist shall be, at the time
of application, 18 years of age or older and must demonstrate excellence in one
or more of the following artistic disciplines: dance, music, opera/music
theatre, visual arts, design arts, crafts, photography/holography, media art,
literature, interdisciplinary/performance arts, or folk/traditional
arts.
222—7.4(303) Formal application process. Every
applicant shall undergo a formal application review process including submission
of a completed application form and personal interview with an advisory panel.
The applicant is required to attend the personal interview at the
applicant’s own expense. An applicant unable to attend the personal
interview will not be considered for inclusion on the roster. Formal
applications shall be made on an official application form available at the arts
division office. Applications shall be due in accordance with a deadline that
shall be published annually by the arts division.
222—7.5(303) Review criteria. The following
criteria shall be used by the advisory panel to select and approve artists for
the arts in education artists roster:
7.5(1) Artistic excellence.
a. Excellence of artist’s past work.
b. Record of artist’s professional activity and
achievement.
c. Training/experience/mastery in art form.
7.5(2) Instructional expertise.
a. Ability and experience working with art form in an
instructional setting.
b. Ability of artist to organize, plan, schedule, implement
and evaluate residencies in a professional and efficient manner.
c. Overall excellence and innovation of the artist’s
proposed residency.
d. Ability of artist to articulate the role of the
professional artist in arts education.
e. Enthusiasm, desire and ability to stimulate creativity and
awareness of the arts in others.
f. Evidence of ability to organize, plan and implement
residencies that reach minorities, special education classes, and individuals
who have physical or mental disabilities or both.
7.5(3) Professionalism.
a. Evidence of ability and experience in working effectively
and responsibly with residency sponsors, participants and the arts
division.
b. Evidence of ability and willingness to serve as a positive
representative for the arts, arts education and the arts division.
c. Caliber of application materials and support
documents.
222—7.6(303) Notification process. All
applicants will be notified of their status, in writing, within 120 days of the
application deadline date.
222—7.7(303) Approved artist requirements. An
artist approved for the arts in education artists roster shall be required to
notify the arts division of any changes in personal information contained in the
roster and to verify or update information when requested. An artist not
responding within 90 days following an update notice may face removal from the
roster, as determined by arts council arts in education program staff. An
approved artist must complete an orientation session with arts in education
program staff prior to the artist’s involvement in an arts
council–sponsored arts in education program. The date of this orientation
shall be mutually determined between the artist and arts council arts in
education program staff. An approved artist must complete and sign an official
arts in education roster artist acceptance agreement form detailing the arts
division’s expectations and requirements of the artist while working in
any arts division–supported event or program. Approved artists shall be
evaluated on an ongoing basis, and those artists failing to abide by the terms
of the agreement may face possible removal from the arts in education artists
roster.
222—7.8(303) Appeals. An applicant denied
inclusion in the arts in education artists roster may appeal the decision in
accordance with procedures as outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(32) and
2.3(33).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
303.88.
CHAPTER 8
MINIGRANT PROGRAM
222—8.1(303) Minigrant program. The minigrant
program provides financial incentives on a monthly basis to Iowa artists and
individual arts educators; nonprofit and tax–exempt organizations;
schools; area education agencies; local, county, state and federal governmental
agencies; and tribal councils to support a wide variety of arts–related
activities.
222—8.2(303) Definitions. The definitions of
terms listedin Iowa Code section 17A.2 and rule 222—1.1(303) shall apply
for terms as they are used throughout this chapter.
222—8.3(303) Eligibility requirements. The
criteria used by the arts division to determine eligibility as outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(4) to 2.3(8) are adopted for this program.
222—8.4(303) Restrictions. The restrictions
used by the arts division as outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(10) to 2.3(15)
and 2.3(19) to 2.3(31) are adopted for this program with the following
additional restrictions:
8.4(1) A minigrant project application from a
majoroperational support grant recipient must support an arts
education–related activity.
8.4(2) An application from an individual must support
a project designed solely to benefit the individual and must not be a project of
an organization with which the individual applicant has a formal affiliation
such as employment or continued volunteer service.
8.4(3) An application shall not be submitted for an
artist in schools and communities residency of five days or longer.
8.4(4) The minigrant program shall fund only those
traditional arts projects that pertain to traditional artists and not to artists
whose work reflects cultural traditions other than their own.
222—8.5(303) Funding priorities. Minigrant
funding priorities are listed in the arts division’s published
guidelines.
222—8.6(303) Categories. The minigrant funding
categories are listed in the arts division’s published
guidelines.
222—8.7(303) Review criteria. Applications
shall be reviewed based upon criteria listed in the arts division’s
published guidelines.
222—8.8(303) Application procedures. An
applicant shall submit a completed application on the official application form
as noted in 222—subrule 2.3(10).
222—8.9(303) Deadline. Applications shall be
due in the arts division office no later than 4:30 p.m. of the first working day
of the month before the month in which the activity begins. This is not a
postmark deadline. Applications not meeting the deadline shall be determined
ineligible.
222—8.10(303) Review. Applications to the
minigrant program shall be reviewed monthly by arts division staff.
222—8.11(303) Awards and amounts. Awards shall
be made in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(25) to
2.3(31). The maximum grant award of the minigrant program is listed in the arts
division’s published guidelines.
222—8.12(303) Notification. Notification shall
be made in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrule 2.3(3). The
applicant shall be notified of the results of the review process within 30
working days of the published deadline, not including weekends and state
holidays.
222—8.13(303) Contract. A contract shall be
issued in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrule
2.3(14).
222—8.14(303) Reporting. Each grantee shall
submit a final report in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—
subrules 2.3(27) to 2.3(31).
222—8.15(303) Audit procedures and requirements.
The audit procedures and requirements for grantees as outlined in
222—subrule 2.3(29) shall be in effect for this program.
222—8.16(303) Appeals. An applicant denied
funding may appeal the decision in accordance with procedures outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(32) and 2.3(33).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
303.88.
CHAPTER 9
WILLIAM H. JACKSON SCHOLARSHIP
FOR THE
ARTS
222—9.1(303) William H. Jackson scholarship for the
arts. The William H. Jackson scholarship for the arts supports the
development of outstanding high school seniors who excel in the arts and are
enrolled in educational programs leading to careers in the arts. A limited
number of scholarships are awarded annually to selected students for
undergraduate tuition and related expenses to attend an Iowa college or
university.
222—9.2(303) Definitions. The definitions of
terms listed in Iowa Code section 17A.2 and rule 222—1.1(303) shall apply
for terms as they are used throughout this chapter.
222—9.3(303) Eligibility. A student applicant,
at the time of application, must be enrolled at the senior class level in an
Iowa high school and display proven artistic ability in the area of music,
dance, visual arts, theatre, or literature. A scholarship recipient must be
accepted as a full–time undergraduate student at a fully accredited Iowa
college or university.
222—9.4(303) Formal application process. Every
applicant shall undergo a formal application review process including submission
of a completed application form and personal interview with an advisory panel.
Only those applicants selected by the advisory panel as finalists from the pool
of student applicants shall be considered for a personal interview. The
applicant is required to attend the personal interview at the applicant’s
own expense. An applicant unable to attend the personal interview shall not be
considered eligible to receive a scholarship. Formal applications shall be made
on an official application form available at the arts division office.
222—9.5(303) Deadline. Applications shall be
due in accordance with a deadline that shall be published in the program
guidelines.
222—9.6(303) Review process. A scholarship
advisory panel shall evaluate and score each scholarship application based on
the applicant’s artistic and academic abilities in the chosen artistic
area and the applicant’s future goals and objectives related to the
intended field of study.
222—9.7(303) Review criteria. The following
criteria shall be used by the advisory panel to select and approve scholarship
recipients:
9.7(1) Personal accomplishments.
a. Artistic achievements in the student’s chosen
artistic discipline.
b. Paid employment experience outside the school
setting.
c. Volunteer service in the student’s school and
community.
9.7(2) The student’s personal essay describing
the student’s perception of the student’s future in the
arts.
9.7(3) Two letters of recommendation required from
individuals who know the student’s artistic and academic
abilities.
222—9.8(303) Obligation of recipients.
Scholarship award winners shall inform the arts council of any change in address
or school enrollment.
222—9.9(303) Notification process. All student
applicants shall be notified of advisory panel scholarship selections within 30
days of the student interview date.
222—9.10(303) Appeals. An applicant denied
scholarship funding may appeal the decision in accordance with procedures as
outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(32) and 2.3(33).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
303.88.
CHAPTER 10
PROJECT SUPPORT GRANTS FOR
ORGANIZATIONS
222—10.1(303) Project support for organizations
program. The project support for organizations program provides financial
incentives for nonprofit organizations for the development of exemplary arts
activities.
222—10.2(303) Definitions. The definitions of
terms listed in Iowa Code section 17A.2 and rule 222—1.1(303) shall apply
for terms as they are used throughout this chapter. In addition, the following
definition shall apply:
“Imagine Iowa 2010: A Cultural Vision” means the
planning document for the department of cultural affairs.
222—10.3(303) Eligibility requirements. The
criteria used by the arts division to determine eligibility as outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(4) to 2.3(8) are adopted for this program.
222—10.4(303) Restrictions. The restrictions
used by the arts division as outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(10) to 2.3(15)
and 2.3(19) to 2.3(31) are adopted for this program with the following
additions:
10.4(1) The project support for organizations program
shall not fund conservation of art works or projects that take place outside the
state of Iowa.
10.4(2) The project support for organizations program
shall not permit grantees to become dependent upon it for continued funding of
recurring projects. Recurring projects shall be considered a lower priority
after successive years of project support unless circumstances encourage
continued financial assistance.
222—10.5(303) Review criteria. The advisory
panel shall review applications to the project support for organizations program
based upon the following criteria:
10.5(1) Scope of project, including its exemplary
qualities, qualifications, significance, and feasibility of
completion.
10.5(2) Partnerships of benefit evidenced by the
applicant that impact the project, participants, or public.
10.5(3) Preparation, evaluation, and follow–up
activities or plans relating to the proposed project.
10.5(4) Unserved or underserved populations benefiting
from the proposed project.
10.5(5) Community and family involvement in the
proposed project.
10.5(6) Efforts toward meeting the goals of Imagine
Iowa 2010: A Cultural Vision.
222—10.6(303) Application procedures. An
applicant shall submit a completed official application form as noted in
222—subrule 2.3(10).
222—10.7(303) Deadline. Applications shall be
due according to deadlines published annually by the arts division.
222—10.8(303) Review process. Applications to
the project support for organizations program shall be reviewed on dates to be
published annually by the arts division. Applications shall be reviewed by the
appropriate advisory panel in accordance with 222—subrules 2.2(3), 2.2(4)
and 2.3(15) to 2.3(23).
222—10.9(303) Awards. Awards shall be made in
accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(25) to
2.3(31).
222—10.10(303) Notification. Notification shall
be made in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrule
2.3(3).
222—10.11(303) Contract. A contract shall be
issued in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrule
2.3(14).
222—10.12(303) Reporting. Each grantee shall
submit afinal report in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—
subrules 2.3(27) to 2.3(31).
222—10.13(303) Audit procedures and requirements.
The audit procedures and requirements for grantees as outlined in
222—subrule 2.3(29) shall be in effect for this program.
222—10.14(303) Appeals. An applicant denied
funding may appeal the decision in accordance with procedures outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(32) and 2.3(33).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
303.88.
CHAPTER 11
PROJECT SUPPORT GRANTS FOR ARTISTS
222—11.1(303) Project support for artists program.
The project support for artists program provides financial incentives for
professional artists for the development of exemplary arts activities.
222—11.2(303) Definitions. The definitions of
terms listed in Iowa Code section 17A.2 and rule 222—1.1(303) shallapply
for terms as they are used throughout this chapter. In addition, the following
definition shall apply:
“Imagine Iowa 2010: A Cultural Vision” means the
planning document for the department of cultural affairs.
222—11.3(303) Eligibility requirements. The
criteria used by the arts division to determine eligibility as outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(7) to 2.3(9) are adopted for this program.
222—11.4(303) Restrictions. The restrictions
used by the arts division as outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(10) to 2.3(15)
and 2.3(19) to 2.3(31) are adopted for this program.
222—11.5(303) Review criteria. The advisory
panel shall review applications to the project support for artists program based
upon the following criteria:
11.5(1) Scope of project, including its exemplary
qualities, qualifications, significance, and feasibility of
completion.
11.5(2) Partnerships of benefit evidenced by the
applicant that impact the project, participants, or public.
11.5(3) Preparation, evaluation, and follow–up
activities or plans relating to the proposed project.
11.5(4) Unserved or underserved populations benefiting
from the proposed project.
11.5(5) Community and family involvement in the
proposed project.
11.5(6) Efforts toward meeting the goals of Imagine
Iowa 2010: A Cultural Vision.
222—11.6(303) Application procedures. An
applicant shall submit a completed official application form as noted in
222—subrule 2.3(10).
222—11.7(303) Deadline. Applications shall be
due ac–cording to deadlines published annually by the arts
division.
222—11.8(303) Review process. Applications to
the project support for artists program shall be reviewed on dates to be
published annually by the arts division. Applications shall be reviewed by the
appropriate advisory panel in accordance with 222—subrules 2.2(3), 2.2(4)
and 2.3(15) to 2.3(23).
222—11.9(303) Awards. Awards shall be made in
accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(25) to
2.3(31).
222—11.10(303) Notification. Notification shall
be made in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrule
2.3(3).
222—11.11(303) Contract. A contract shall be
issued in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrule
2.3(14).
222—11.12(303) Reporting. Each grantee shall
submit a final report in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—
subrules 2.3(27) to 2.3(31).
222—11.13(303) Audit procedures and
requirements. The audit procedures and requirements for grantees as outlined
in 222—subrule 2.3(29) shall be in effect for this program.
222—11.14(303) Appeals. An applicant denied
funding may appeal the decision in accordance with procedures outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(32) and 2.3(33).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
303.88.
CHAPTER 12
ARTS IN EDUCATION PROJECT SUPPORT
GRANTS
222—12.1(303) Arts in education project support
grants program. The arts in education project support grants program
provides financial incentives for nonprofit organizations, area education
agencies and schools for the development of exemplary arts education
activities.
222—12.2(303) Definitions. The definitions of
terms listed in Iowa Code section 17A.2 and rule 222—1.1(303) shall apply
for terms as they are used throughout this chapter. In addition, the following
definition shall apply:
“Imagine Iowa 2010: A Cultural Vision” means the
planning document for the department of cultural affairs.
222—12.3(303) Eligibility requirements. The
criteria used by the arts division to determine eligibility as outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(7) to 2.3(9) are adopted for this program.
222—12.4(303) Restrictions. The restrictions
used by the arts division as outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(10) to 2.3(15)
and 2.3(19) to 2.3(31) are adopted for this program.
222—12.5(303) Review criteria. The advisory
panel shall review applications to the arts in education project support grants
program based upon the following criteria:
12.5(1) Scope of project, including its exemplary
qualities, qualifications, significance, and feasibility of
completion.
12.5(2) Partnerships of benefit evidenced by the
applicant that impact the project, participants, or public.
12.5(3) Preparation, evaluation, and follow–up
activities or plans relating to the proposed project.
12.5(4) Unserved or underserved populations benefiting
from the proposed project.
12.5(5) Community and family involvement in the
proposed project.
12.5(6) Efforts toward meeting the goals of Imagine
Iowa 2010: A Cultural Vision.
222—12.6(303) Application procedures. An
applicant shall submit a completed official application form as noted in
222—subrule 2.3(10). Each applicant shall be limited to the submission of
two funded projects per fiscal year.
222—12.7(303) Deadline. Applications shall be
due according to deadlines published annually by the arts division.
222—12.8(303) Review process. Applications to
the arts in education project support grants program shall be reviewed on dates
to be published annually by the arts division. Applications shall be reviewed
by the appropriate advisory panel in accordance with 222—subrules 2.2(3),
2.3(10) and 2.3(15) to 2.3(23).
222—12.9(303) Awards. Awards shall be made in
accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(25) to
2.3(31).
222—12.10(303) Notification. Notification shall
be made in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrule
2.3(3).
222—12.11(303) Contract. A contract shall be
issued in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrule
2.3(14).
222—12.12(303) Reporting. Each grantee shall
submit a final report in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—
subrules 2.3(27) to 2.3(31).
222—12.13(303) Audit procedures and requirements.
The audit procedures and requirements for grantees as outlined in
222—subrule 2.3(29) shall be in effect for this program.
222—12.14(303) Appeals. An applicant denied
funding may appeal the decision in accordance with procedures outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(32) and 2.3(33).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
303.88.
CHAPTER 13
ARTISTS IN SCHOOLS/COMMUNITIES
RESIDENCY
PROGRAM
222—13.1(303) Artists in schools/communities
residency program. The artists in schools/communities residency program
provides financial incentives for nonprofit organizations, area education
agencies and schools for the development of exemplary arts education residency
activities.
222—13.2(303) Definitions. The definitions of
terms listed in Iowa Code section 17A.2 and rule 222—1.1(303) shall apply
for terms as they are used throughout this chapter. In addition, the following
definitions shall apply:
“Imagine Iowa 2010: A Cultural Vision” means the
planning document for the department of cultural affairs.
“Residency” means an arts education activity of
five days or longer that involves a professional artist or artist company from
the arts in education artists roster.
222—13.3(303) Eligibility requirements. The
criteria used by the arts division to determine eligibility as outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(7) to 2.3(9) are adopted for this program.
222—13.4(303) Restrictions. The restrictions
used by the arts division as outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(10) to 2.3(15)
and 2.3(19) to 2.3(31) are adopted for this program.
222—13.5(303) Fees. An applicant may apply to
the arts division for funds only to support artist fees and travel, subsistence
and supply costs. Funds shall provide up to $75 per day per artist and up to 50
percent of travel, subsistence and supply costs.
222—13.6(303) Review criteria. The advisory
panel shall review applications to the artists in schools/communities residency
program based upon the following criteria:
13.6(1) Scope of project, including its exemplary
qualities, qualifications, significance, and feasibility of
completion.
13.6(2) Partnerships of benefit evidenced by the
applicant that impact the project, participants, or public.
13.6(3) Preparation, evaluation, and follow–up
activities or plans relating to the proposed project.
13.6(4) Unserved or underserved populations benefiting
from the proposed project.
13.6(5) Partnerships and community involvement in the
proposed project.
13.6(6) Efforts toward meeting the goals of Imagine
Iowa 2010: A Cultural Vision.
222—13.7(303) Application procedures. An
applicant shall submit a completed official application form as noted in
222—subrule 2.3(10). Each applicant shall be limited to the submission of
two funded projects per fiscal year.
222—13.8(303) Deadline. Applications shall be
due according to deadlines published annually by the arts division.
222—13.9(303) Review process. Applications to
the artists in schools/communities residency program shall be reviewed on dates
to be published annually by the arts division. Applications shall be reviewed
by the appropriate advisory panel in accordance with 222—subrules 2.2(3),
2.3(10) and 2.3(15) to 2.3(23).
222—13.10(303) Awards. Awards shall be made in
accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrules 2.3(25) to
2.3(31).
222—13.11(303) Notification. Notification shall
be madein accordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrule
2.3(3).
222—13.12(303) Contract. A contract shall be
issued inaccordance with procedures outlined in 222—subrule
2.3(14).
222—13.13(303) Reporting. Each grantee shall
submit afinal report in accordance with procedures outlined in 222—
subrules 2.3(27) to 2.3(31).
222—13.14(303) Audit procedures and requirements.
The audit procedures and requirements for grantees as outlined in
222—subrule 2.3(29) shall be in effect for this program.
222—13.15(303) Appeals. An applicant denied
funding may appeal the decision in accordance with procedures outlined in
222—subrules 2.3(32) and 2.3(33).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
303.88.
ITEM 6. Amend rule
222—18.2(303) by adopting the following new
definition in alphabetical order:
“Artist business” means an Iowa for–profit
business that is owned and operated by an artist or group of artists who
regularly work together. “Artist business” shall not mean an artist
cooperative that consists of artists who are not owners of the
business.
ARC 1486B
CULTURAL AFFAIRS
DEPARTMENT[221]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 303.1A, the
Department of Cultural Affairs hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 6, “Iowa Community Cultural Grants (ICCG) Program,” and
Chapter 8, “Cultural Enrichment Grant (CEG) Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These rule changes are a direct result of the new strategic
plan, Imagine Iowa 2010: A Cultural Vision, adopted by the Department of
Cultural Affairs. The Iowa Arts Council reviewed these rules pursuant to
Executive Order Number 8 and gathered input from representatives of constituent
groups, grant review advisory panels and the general public.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
about the proposed changes on or before April 12, 2002. Such written comments
should be directed to Julie Bailey, Department of Cultural Affairs, 600 E.
Locust Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; E–mail may be sent to Julie.
Bailey@dca.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on April 15, 2002, from1 to 3
p.m. in Classroom A, State Historical Museum, 600 East Locust Street, Des
Moines, Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendments. Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have
special requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact
the Department of Cultural Affairs and advise of specific needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
303.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rules 221—6.1(303)
and 221—6.2(303) as follows:
221—6.1(303) Program purpose. The purpose of
the Iowa community cultural grants (ICCG) is to provide a program of grants to
cities, county governments, tribal councils and nonprofit,
tax–exempt community groups to support the development of community
programs which provide jobs for local Iowans while promoting Iowa’s
cultural, ethnic, and historical heritages, through the development of
festivals, music, drama, cultural programs, historic restorations, and tourism
projects.
221—6.2(303) Program description. The ICCG
program shall operate as a competitive grants program administered by the
department under the direction of the director or designee. Iowa cities,
county governments, tribal councils and nonprofit, tax–exempt
community groups may make application to the department which will approve or
disapprove all submissions based upon published criteria. The ICCG program
shall provide funding to successful applications on a cost reimbursement
basis, subject to local matching funds provisions and contractual terms
as set forth in an agreement between the department and any successful grant
recipient.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
221—6.3(303), definitions of “advisory committee,”
“community group,” “eligible applicant,” and
“local matching funds,” as follows:
“Advisory committee” means the committee comprised
by of a representative of the arts division of the
department, a representative of the historical division of the department, and a
representative of the tourism division of the
Iowadepartment of economic development. The advisory committee shall
review each application and make recommendations to the director for funding of
eligible projects.
“Community group” means an Iowa nonprofit,
tax–exempt organization which is open to the general public and
established for the promotion and development of one or more of the following
disciplines or activities: the arts, history, culture, ethnicity, historic
preservation, tourism, economic development, festivals, or municipal libraries.
“Community group” shall not include a school, college, university,
political party, labor union, county, state, or federal
government agency, church, convention or association of churches, or
organizations operated primarily for religious purposes, or which are operated,
supervised, controlled or are principally supported by a church, convention, or
association of churches.
“Eligible applicant” means an incorporated city in
Iowa, county government, tribal council, or an Iowa community group which
is federally tax–exempt and incorporated under the Iowa nonprofit
corporation act. Iowa nonprofit community groups which have applied for and are
awaiting determination of federal tax–exempt status may apply for ICCG
funds through a fiscal agent which is federally tax–exempt and otherwise
eligible to apply.
“Local matching funds” means those funds which are
locally contributed for the specifically funded project and which, when combined
with local in–kind contributions, shall equal at least 50 percent or more
of the total project cost. Local matching funds shall be provided by the
eligible applicant which is submitting the application for funding and shall not
include any portion of another state or federal
grant.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 221—6.4(303) as
follows:
221—6.4(303) Application procedures. All ICCG
inquiries and correspondence, including requests for official ICCG application
forms, and the submission of completed application forms for consideration of
funding shall be addressed to the Department of Cultural Affairs, Historical
Building, 600 E. Locust Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, telephone
(515)281–6078 8741. All applications shall be
submitted on the original application form prescribed bythe department or a
legible photocopy of the original form. Computer–generated,
hand–written Hand–written, out–of–date,
or telefacsimile applications shall not be accepted. All applications submitted
shall be reviewed by the advisory committee with their recommendations for
grantees and grant awards being submitted to the director or designee who shall
determine final grantees’ awards to the extent funds are
available.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
221—6.5(303) by adopting new numbered paragraph
“9” as follows:
9. Support letters from collaborating partners.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 221—8.4(303) as
follows:
221—8.4(303) Application procedure.
8.4(1) Procedure. All applications
shall be submitted on official cultural enrichment grant application
forms obtained available from the department of
cultural affairs. Interested applicants shall obtain application
forms and procedures from the CEG Administrator, Department of Cultural Affairs,
Historical Building, Capitol Complex, Des Moines, IA 50319, telephone
(515)281–6078.
8.4(2) Information
required. As a minimum, all applications shall contain the following
information:
a. Name, address, telephone number and contact person
of the applicant;
b. Proof of nonprofit, tax–exempt
status;
c. The mission statement and the long–range plan
of the applicant, including information on the relationship of the application
to the long–range plan;
d. Evidence of cooperative planning with other
cultural organizations;
e. The total income and expense figures of the
applicant for each of the preceding three years, showing proof of matching
funds;
f. Public use statistics of the applicant for each of
the preceding three years, including information on the cultural and tourism
impact of the applicant;
g. List and qualifications of the applicant’s
managerial personnel involved in the administration of funds.
8.4(3 2) Application
period. The department shall establish one or more application
deadlines for the CEG moneys each year funds are available. The department
shall allow at least 60 days for applicant response to requests for
proposals. The cultural enrichment grant program shall operate on a
two–year funding cycle. All applicants shall undergo a formal review
process in year one of the funding cycle and shall be required to submit an
interim application form in year two of the funding cycle.
ITEM 6. Amend rules 221—8.7(303) to
221—8.9(303) as follows:
221—8.7(303) Review committee. The director
shall appoint a committee of up to seven Iowans who shall review all
eligible applications and recommend approval for funding under the guidelines of
this program. The members of the review committee shall serve at the pleasure
of the director for a term of one year. The review committee shall consist of
the following members:
1. The chairperson of the cultural affairs advisory
council, who shall serve as chair of the review committee;
2. One member of the Iowa arts
council;
3. One member of the state historical society board of
trustees;
4. One representative of the board of the Iowa museums
association;
5. One representative of a performance
center;
6. One member of the Iowa academy of sciences;
and
7. One member of the general public.
representatives with knowledge and expertise pertinent to the types of
organizations eligible for the cultural enrichment grant program. The review
committee shall be comprised of members who are not employed by an applicant and
who do not serve on a board, council, or commission of an applicant, with or
without compensation.
221—8.8(303) Application review and
selection.
8.8(1) Procedure.
a. Each application shall be reviewed by the CEG administrator
for eligibility, completeness, and accuracy. Incomplete, inaccurate, or
ineligible applications, applications hand–delivered or
postmarked after the deadline date or applications not bearing an official U.S.
Postal Service cancellation shall not be considered for funding. Telefacsimile
applications for CEG funds shall not be accepted.
b. The review committee shall review all applications eligible
for consideration and make recommendations for funding to the director.
The review committee shall be comprised of members who are not employed
by an applicant and who do not serve on a board, council, or commission of an
applicant with or without compensation.
c. Final decisions and certification of grant awards shall be
made by the director. All applicants shall be notified of the status of their
application within 15 working days of the director’s decision.
8.8(2) Selection Review
criteria. Applications shall be evaluated on the basis of the
following criteria:
a. Programmatic excellence and,
leadership
and cultural
impact. 30%
b. Sound fiscal and managerial practices and
administrative stability. 30%
c. Community outreach and
involvement. 5%
d. Audience development.
plan 5%
e. Quality of long–range
planning. 5%
f. Cultural and tourism impact 5%
g. Cooperative planning with other
cultural
organizations 5%
h f. Educational
emphasis. 5%
i g. Strength of fundraising
effort. 5%
j h. Scope of volunteer
participation. 5%
i. Efforts to meet Imagine Iowa goals.
221—8.9(303) Grant administration.
8.9(1) Contracts.
a. Upon certification of a grant award by the director, the
department shall enter into a contract with the grantee. The contract shall
state the terms and conditions of the grant award as well as the amount of the
award.
b. All contracts shall be approved by the director and the
legally responsible officer of the grantee. An agent of the grantee shall be
clearly identified as the sole contact with the department on matters concerning
the grant.
c. The grantee shall give preference to Iowans and Iowa
products and services in the expenditure of CEG funds.
d. The grantee shall agree to refrain from using CEG funds to
influence legislation or for any other lobbying function.
e. The grantee shall agree to include in all printed lists of
contributors the following credit line: “Operating support for this
organization provided by the Iowa Department of Cultural Affairs, Cultural
Enrichment Grant Program.”
8.9(2) Payments. Payments of the grant
award shall be made upon the receipt by the department of a request for
payment signed cultural enrichment grant contract from the
grantee.
8.9(3) Record–keeping and retention
requirements.
a. Financial records, supporting documents, and all other
records pertinent to the program shall be retained by the grantee for three
years beyond the grant period.
b. Representatives of the department and the state
auditor’s office shall have access to all books, documents, account
information, or other property belonging to or in use by the grantee pertaining
to the receipt of funds under this program.
8.9(4) Audits. The recipient of any grant of
$25,000 or more in any single grant cycle shall have conducted an on–site
financial compliance audit. This audit shall not be an eligible grant
expense.
8.9(5) Reporting requirements. The grantee
shall provide a final report of the use of CEG funds which shall be submitted
according to a schedule as outlined in the contract.
8.9(6) Finding of noncompliance. The
department may, for cause, find that a grantee is not in compliance with the
requirements of this program or the terms of the contract. At the
department’s discretion, remedies for noncompliance may include suspension
or return of grant funds. Reasons for a finding of noncompliance may include,
but are not limited to:
a. The grantee’s use of funds for activities not
permitted under the guidelines of this program;
b. The failure of the grantee to request payment of grant
funds prior to the end of the contract;
c. The grantee’s failure to comply with any applicable
state or federal rules, regulations, or laws; or
d. A violation of the terms of the contract.
ARC 1483B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 14, “Issuance of Practitioner’s Licenses and
Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment clarifies the evaluation process for
the addition of a new endorsement at the secondary level for practitioners
holding the K–6 endorsement in the content area of the 7–12
endorsement being added and clarifies the need for the practitioner to obtain a
conditional license for the secondary level.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendment on
April 10, 2002, at 1 p.m. in the State Board Conference Room, 2nd Floor, Grimes
State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons
may present their views at the public hearing either orally or in writing. At
the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the
record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendment.
Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing may contact
the Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office
Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at
(515) 281–5849, prior to the date of the public hearing. Fax
communication may be sent to (515)281–7669.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment through 4:30 p.m., April 10, 2002. Written comments
and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address, orE–mailed to
anne.kruse@ed.state.ia.us.
A waiver provision is not included. The Board has adopted a
uniform waiver rule.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 282—14.106(272) as follows:
282—14.106(272) Adding endorsements to licenses.
After the issuance of a teaching, administrative, or school service
personnel license, an individual may add other endorsements to that license upon
proper application, provided current requirements for that endorsement, as
listed in 282— 14.140(272) and 282—14.141(272), have been met. An
updated license with expiration date unchanged from the original or renewed
license will be prepared.
In addition to the requirements listed in 282—
14.140(272) and 282—14.141(272), applicants for endorsements shall have
completed a methods class appropriate for teaching the general subject area of
the endorsement added.
Practitioners who are adding a secondary teaching endorsement
and have not student taught on the secondary level shall complete a teaching
practicum appropriate for teaching at the level of the new
endorsement.
Practitioners holding the K–6 endorsement in the content
area of the 7–12 endorsement being added may satisfy the requirement for a
teaching practicum by completing all required coursework and presenting
verification of competence. This verification of competence shall be signed by
a licensed evaluator who has observed and formally evaluated the performance of
the applicant at the secondary level. This verification of competence may be
submitted at any time during the term of the conditional license. The
practitioner must obtain a two–year conditional license while
practicing with the 7–12 endorsement.
14.106(1) To add an endorsement, the applicant must
follow one of these options:
Option 1. Identify with a recognized Iowa teacher preparing
institution, meet that institution’s current requirements for the
endorsement desired, and receive that institution’s
recommendation.
Option 2. Identify with a recognized Iowa teacher education
institution and receive a statement that the applicant has completed the
equivalent of the institution’s approved program for the endorsement
sought.
Option 3. Identify with a recognized teacher education
institution and receive a statement that based on the institution’s
evaluation of the individual’s preparation the applicant has completed all
of the Iowa requirements for the endorsement sought.
14.106(2) Appeal. If an applicant cannot obtain a
recommendation for an endorsement from an institution, and if the applicant can
document that all of the Iowa requirements have been met, the applicant may
apply for the endorsement by filing transcripts and supporting documentation for
review. The application must be accompanied by a letter of rejection from an
institution that offers the endorsement. Upon receipt of all materials, the
staff of the board of educational examiners will review documents to determine
if all Iowa requirements have been met.
ARC 1484B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 16, “Occupational and Postsecondary Endorsements and
Licenses,” Chapter 17, “Renewal of Licenses,” Chapter 19,
“Coaching Authori–zation,” Chapter 20, “Evaluator
License,” Chapter 21,“Behind–the–Wheel Driving
Instructor Authorization,” and Chapter 22, “Paraeducator
Certificates,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments comply with 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter
122, which requires licensed practitioners whose practice includes children and
adults to report at the time of their license, certificate or authorization
renewal that they have completed the mandatory training class for reporting
child abuse and dependent adult abuse.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendments on
April 10, 2002, at 2 p.m. in the State Board Conference Room, Second Floor,
Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
Persons may present their views at the public hearing either orally or in
writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed
amendments. Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing
may contact the Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State
Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147,
or at (515) 281–5849, prior to the date of the public hearing. Fax
communication may be sent to (515)281–7669.
A waiver provision is not included. The Board has adopted a
uniform waiver rule.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments through 4:30 p.m. on April 10, 2002. Written
comments and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive
Director, Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address, or
E–mailed to anne.kruse@ed.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272 and 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 122.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 282—16.3(272) as
follows:
282—16.3(272) Renewal requirements—six
renewal units are required.
16.3(1) Six units are needed for renewal. These
units may be earned in any combination listed below.
a. One renewal unit may be earned for each semester
hour of credit which advances one toward the completion of a degree
program.
16.3(2) b. One renewal unit may
be earned for each semester hour of credit completed which may not lead to a
degree but which adds greater technical depth/competence to the endorsement(s)
held.
16.3(3) c. Renewal units may be
earned upon the completion of staff development programs approved through
guidelines established by the board of educational examiners or approved
technical update program approved by the board of educational
examiners.
16.3(4) d. Completion of an
approved human relations component, if not already met.
16.3(2) Effective September 1, 2002, all
applicants renewing a standard license must submit documentation of completion
of the child and dependent adult abuse training approved by the state abuse
education review panel. A waiver of this requirement may apply under the
following conditions with appropriate documentation of any of the
following:
a. A person is engaged in active duty in the military
service of this state or of the United States.
b. The application of the rule would impose an undue
hardship on the person for whom the waiver is requested.
c. A person is practicing a licensed profession outside
this state.
d. A person is otherwise subject to circumstances that
would preclude the person from encountering the approved child and dependent
adult abuse training in this state.
ITEM 2. Amend rules 282—17.5(272)
to 282— 17.9(272) as follows:
282—17.5(272) Renewal requirements for the standard
license.
17.5(1) Six units are needed for renewal.
These unitsmay be earned in any combination listed below.
1 a. One unit may be earned for each
semester hour of credit completed which leads toward the completion of a planned
master’s, specialist’s, or doctor’s degree program.
2 b. One unit may be earned for each
semester hour of credit completed which may not lead to a degree but which adds
greater depth/breadth to present endorsements held.
3 c. One unit may be earned for each
semester hour of credit completed which may not lead to a degree but which leads
to completion of requirements for an endorsement not currently held.
4 d. One unit may be earned upon
completion of each licensure renewal course or activity approved through
guidelines established by the board of educational examiners.
5 e. Four units may be earned for
successful completion of the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards
certification. This may be used one time for either the standard or the master
educator license.
17.5(2) Effective September 1, 2002, all
applicants renewing a standard license must submit documentation of completion
of the child and dependent adult abuse training approved by the state abuse
education review panel. A waiver of this requirement may apply under the
following conditions with appropriate documentation of any of the
following:
a. A person is engaged in active duty in the military
service of this state or of the United States.
b. The application of the rule would impose an undue
hardship on the person for whom the waiver is requested.
c. A person is practicing a licensed profession outside
this state.
d. A person is otherwise subject to circumstances that
would preclude the person from encountering the approved child and dependent
adult abuse training in this state.
282—17.6(272) Renewal requirements for a master
educator license.
17.6(1) Four units are needed for renewal.
These units may be earned in any combination listed below.
1 a. One unit may be earned for each
semester hour of credit completed which leads toward the completion of a planned
master’s, specialist’s, or doctor’s degree program.
2 b. One unit may be earned for each
semester hour of credit completed which may not lead to a degree but which adds
greater depth/breadth to present endorsements held.
3 c. One unit may be earned for each
semester hour of credit completed which may not lead to a degree but which leads
to completion of requirements for an endorsement not currently held.
4 d. One unit may be earned upon
completion of each licensure renewal course or activity approved through
guidelines established by the board of educational examiners.
5 e. Four units may be earned upon
successful completion of the National Board for Professional Teaching Standards
certification. If previously used to renew the standard license, this may not
be used.
17.6(2) Effective September 1, 2002, all
applicants renewing a master educator license must submit documentation of
completion of the child and dependent adult abuse training approved by the state
abuse education review panel. A waiver of this requirement may apply under the
following conditions with appropriate documentation of any of the
following:
a. A person is engaged in active duty in the military
service of this state or of the United States.
b. The application of the rule would impose an undue
hardship on the person for whom the waiver is requested.
c. A person is practicing a licensed profession outside
this state.
d. A person is otherwise subject to circumstances that
would preclude the person from encountering the approved child and dependent
adult abuse training in this state.
282—17.7(272) Renewal requirements for a
professional administrator’s and area education agency
administrator’s license.
17.7(1) Four units are needed for renewal.
These units may be earned in any combination listed below.
1 a. One unit may be earned for each
semester hour of credit completed which leads toward the completion of a planned
specialist’s or doctor’s degree program.
2 b. One unit may be earned for each
semester hour of credit completed which may not lead to a degree but which adds
greater depth/breadth to present administrative endorsements held.
3 c. One unit may be earned for each
semester hour of credit completed which may not lead to a degree but which leads
to completion of requirements for an administrative endorsement not currently
held.
4 d. One unit may be earned upon
completion of each licensure renewal course or activity approved through
guidelines established by the board of educational examiners.
17.7(2) Effective September 1, 2002, all
applicants renewing a professional administrator’s or area education
agency administrator’s license must submit documentation of completion of
the child and dependent adult abuse training approved by the state abuse
education review panel. A waiver of this requirement may apply under the
following conditions with appropriate documentation of any of the
following:
a. A person is engaged in active duty in the military
service of this state or of the United States.
b. The application of the rule would impose an undue
hardship on the person for whom the waiver is requested.
c. A person is practicing a licensed profession outside
this state.
d. A person is otherwise subject to circumstances that
would preclude the person from encountering the approved child and dependent
adult abuse training in this state.
282—17.8(272) Renewal requirements for the initial
license.
17.8(1) If a person meets all requirements for
the standard license except for the options required in
282—paragraph 14.112“2,” the initial license may be
renewed upon written request. A second renewal may be granted if the holder
ofthe initial license has not met the options required in 282—
paragraph 14.112“2” and if the license holder can provide
evidence of teaching employment which will be acceptable for the experience
requirement.
17.8(2) Effective September 1, 2002, all
applicants renewing an initial license must submit documentation of completion
of the child and dependent adult abuse training approved by the state abuse
education review panel. A waiver of this requirement may apply under the
following conditions with appropriate documentation of any of the
following:
a. A person is engaged in active duty in the military
service of this state or of the United States.
b. The application of the rule would impose an undue
hardship on the person for whom the waiver is requested.
c. A person is practicing a licensed profession outside
this state.
d. A person is otherwise subject to circumstances that
would preclude the person from encountering the approved child and dependent
adult abuse training in this state.
282—17.9(272) Renewal requirements for a substitute
license.
17.9(1) Meet one of the requirements listed
below:
1 a. Verification of at least 30 days
of substitute teaching during the term of the license.
2 b. Completion of a local education
agency or area education agency course approved through licensure renewal
guidelines established by the board of educational examiners.
3 c. Completion of a community
college, college, or university course.
17.9(2) Effective September 1, 2002, all
applicants renewing a substitute license must submit documentation of completion
of the child and dependent adult abuse training approved by the state abuse
education review panel. A waiver of this requirement may apply under the
following conditions with appropriate documentation of any of the
following:
a. A person is engaged in active duty in the military
service of this state or of the United States.
b. The application of the rule would impose an undue
hardship on the person for whom the waiver is requested.
c. A person is practicing a licensed profession outside
this state.
d. A person is otherwise subject to circumstances that
would preclude the person from encountering the approved child and dependent
adult abuse training in this state.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 282—19.5(272) as
follows:
282—19.5(272) Renewal. All fees are
nonrefundable. The authorization may be renewed upon application, $50 renewal
fee, and verification of successful completion of:
19.5(1) Effective September 1, 2002, the
child and dependent adult abuse training approved by the state abuse education
review panel. A waiver of this requirement may apply under the following
conditions with appropriate documentation of any of the following:
a. A person is engaged in active duty in the military
service of this state or of the United States.
b. The application of the rule would impose an undue
hardship on the person for whom the waiver is requested.
c. A person is practicing a licensed profession outside
this state.
d. A person is otherwise subject to circumstances that
would preclude the person from encountering the approved child and dependent
adult abuse training in this state.
19.5(2) five Five
planned renewal activities/courses related to athletic coaching approved in
accordance with guidelines approved by the board of educational examiners.
Beginning on or after July 1, 2000, each applicant for the renewal of a coaching
authorization shall have completed one renewal activity/course relating to the
knowledge and understanding of professional ethics and legal responsibilities of
coaches. A one–year extension of the holder’s coaching
authorization will be issued if all requirements for the renewal of the coaching
authorization have not been met. This extension is not renewable. The cost of
the one–year extension shall be $10.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 282—20.6(272) as
follows:
282—20.6(272) Requirements for renewal of evaluator
approval.
20.6(1) Coursework for renewal of the evaluator
approval license or the license with the evaluator approval endorsement must
complement the initial requirements set out in 20.5(3). This coursework must be
at least one semester hour of college or university credit or one renewal unit
from an approved Iowa staff development program.
20.6(2) Effective September 1, 2002, all
applicants renewing an evaluator approval license must submit documentation of
completion of the child and dependent adult abuse training approved by the state
abuse education review panel. A waiver of this requirement may apply under the
following conditions with appropriate documentation of any of the
following:
a. A person is engaged in active duty in the military
service of this state or of the United States.
b. The application of the rule would impose an undue
hardship on the person for whom the waiver is requested.
c. A person is practicing a licensed profession outside
this state.
d. A person is otherwise subject to circumstances that
would preclude the person from encountering the approved child and dependent
adult abuse training in this state.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 282—21.5(272) as
follows:
282—21.5(272,321) Renewal. All fees are
nonrefundable. The behind–the–wheel driving instructor authorization
may be renewed upon application, $10 renewal fee and verification of successful
completion of:
21.5(1) Providing behind–the–wheel
instruction for a minimum of 12 clock hours during the previous school year;
and
21.5(2) Successful participation in at least one
de–partment of transportation–sponsored or department
oftransportation–approved behind–the–wheel instructor
refresher course.; and
21.5(3) Effective September 1, 2002, the
child and dependent adult abuse training approved by the state abuse education
review panel. A waiver of this requirement may apply under the following
conditions with appropriate documentation of any of the following:
a. A person is engaged in active duty in the military
service of this state or of the United States.
b. The application of the rule would impose an undue
hardship on the person for whom the waiver is requested.
c. A person is practicing a licensed profession outside
this state.
d. A person is otherwise subject to circumstances that
would preclude the person from encountering the approved child and dependent
adult abuse training in this state.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 282—22.13(272)
as follows:
282—22.13(272) Renewal requirements.
22.13(1) The paraeducator certificate may be
renewed upon application, a $25 renewal fee, and verification of successful
completion of coursework totaling three units in any combination listed
below.
1 a. One unit may be earned through a
planned staff development renewal course related to paraeducators in accordance
with guidelines approved by the board of educational examiners.
2 b. One unit may be earned for each
semester hour of college credit.
22.13(2) Effective September 1, 2002, all
applicants renewing a paraeducator certificate must submit documentation of
completion of the child and dependent adult abuse training approved by the state
abuse education review panel. A waiver of this requirement may apply under the
following conditions with appropriate documentation of any of the
following:
a. A person is engaged in active duty in the military
service of this state or of the United States.
b. The application of the rule would impose an undue
hardship on the person for whom the waiver is requested.
c. A person is practicing a licensed profession outside
this state.
d. A person is otherwise subject to circumstances that
would preclude the person from encountering the approved child and dependent
adult abuse training in this state.
ARC 1475B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.133, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 22, “Controlling Pollution,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The purpose of this rule making is to clarify the Title V
insignificant activities by condensing some of the sections and adding a general
introduction to the rule. Secondly, this rule making adds more categories of
insignificant activities to subrule 22.103(1). Finally, this rule making
revises the insignificant emission levels found in subrule 22.103(2).
This rule making is the result of a cooperative negotiated
rule–making process between the Department and representatives of the Iowa
Association of Business and Industry (ABI). Both the Department and ABI are
interested in reducing the regulatory burden on industry where the emissions of
air contaminant sources are likely to have little impact.
40 CFR Part 70.5(c) gives permitting authorities considerable
discretion in determining the amount and quality of information required in
Title V permit applications for insignificant activities. This flexibility
encompasses the idea that certain activities are clearly trivial and can be
omitted from the application (i.e., emission units and activities without
specific applicable requirements and with extremely small emissions). In all
cases the permitting authority must, at a minimum, require information in permit
applications sufficient to determine the applicability of, and to impose, all
applicable requirements of the Clean Air Act and to confirm that no other
requirements of the Act apply to the source.
The Department believes these rule revisions do not reduce or
diminish the Department’s ability to impose or determine the applicability
of any requirements.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendments on or before May 3, 2002. Written comments should be
directed to Corey McCoid, Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Air Quality
Bureau, 7900 Hickman Road, Suite 1, Urbandale, Iowa 50322, fax
(515)242–5094, or by E–mail to corey.mccoid@dnr.state.ia.
us.
A public hearing will be held on April 24, 2002, at 10:30 a.m.
in Conference Rooms 3 and 4 at the Department’s Air Quality Bureau office
located at 7900 Hickman Road, Urbandale, Iowa, at which time comments may be
submitted orally or in writing. All comments must be received no later than May
3, 2002.
Any person who intends to attend the public hearing and has
special requirements, such as those related to hearing or mobility, should
contact Corey McCoid at (515)281–6061 to advise of any specific
needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
455B.133.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
567—22.100(455B) by adopting the following new
definition in alphabetical order:
“Manually operated equipment” means a machine or
tool that is handheld, such as a handheld circular saw or compressed air chisel;
a machine or tool for which the work piece is held or manipulated by hand, such
as a bench grinder; a machine or tool for which the tool or bit is manipulated
by hand, such as a lathe or drill press; and any dust collection system which is
part of such machine or tool; but not including any machine or tool for which
the extent of manual operation is to control power to the machine or tool and
not including any central dust collection system serving more than one machine
or tool.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 567—22.103(455B)
by adopting the following new introductory paragraph:
567—22.103(455B) Insignificant activities.
The following are insignificant activities for purposes of the Title V
application if not needed to determine the applicability of or to impose any
applicable requirement. Title V permit fees are not required for insignificant
activities pursuant to subrule 22.106(7).
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 22.103(1) as
follows:
22.103(1) Insignificant activities excluded from Title
V operating permit application. The following are insignificant
activities for purposes of Title V permitting if not needed to determine the
applicability of or to impose any applicable requirement. In
accordance with 40 CFR 70.5 (as amended through July 21, 1992), these activities
need not be included in the Title V permit application or in the
calculation of fees pursuant to 22.106(455B). However, if the inclusion of
emissions from these activities makes the source subject to the Title V permit
requirement or if these activities are needed to impose any applicable
requirement, these activities must be included in the permit
application.
a. Mobile internal combustion and jet engines, marine vessels,
and locomotives.
b. Equipment, other than anaerobic lagoons, used for
cultivating land, harvesting crops, or raising livestock. This exemption is not
applicable if the equipment is used to remove substances from grain which were
applied to the grain by another person. This exemption also is not applicable
to equipment used by a person to manufacture commercial feed, as defined in Iowa
Code section 198.3, when that feed is normally not fed to livestock:
(1) Owned by that person or another person, and
(2) Located in a feedlot, as defined in Iowa Code section
172D.1(6), or in a confinement building owned or operated by that person,
and
(3) Located in this state.
c. Equipment or control equipment which eliminates all
emissions to the atmosphere.
d. Equipment (other than anaerobic lagoons) or control
equipment which emits odors unless such equipment or control equipment also
emits particulate matter or any other air pollutant or contaminant.
e. Alterations to equipment which have been determined
by the department to effect no change in the emissions from that
equipment.
e. Air–conditioning or ventilating equipment not
designed to remove air contaminants generated by or released from associated
equipment.
f. Residential wood heaters, cook stoves, or
fireplaces.
g. Laboratory equipment used exclusively for chemical
and physical analyses. The equipment in laboratories used
exclusively for nonproduction chemical and physical analyses. Nonproduction
analyses means analyses incidental to the production of a good or service and
includes analyses conducted for quality assurance or quality control activities,
or for the assessment of environmental impact.
h. Recreational fireplaces.
i. Barbecue pits and cookers except at a meat packing plant or
a prepared meat manufacturing facility.
j. Stacks or vents to prevent escape of sewer gases through
plumbing traps for systems handling domestic sewage only. Systems which include
any industrial waste are not exempt.
k. Retail gasoline and diesel fuel handling
facilities.
l. Photographic process equipment by which an image is
reproduced upon material sensitized to radiant energy.
m. Equipment used for hydraulic or hydrostatic
testing.
n. General vehicle maintenance and servicing activities at
the source, other than gasoline fuel handling.
o. Cafeterias, kitchens, and other facilities used for
preparing food or beverages primarily for consumption at the
source.
p. Equipment using water, water and soap or detergent, or a
suspension of abrasives in water for purposes of cleaning or finishing provided
no organic solvent has been added to the water, the boiling point of the
additive is not less than 100_C
(212_F), and the water is not heated
above 65.5_C
(150_F).
q. Administrative activities including, but not limited to,
paper shredding, copying, photographic activities, and blueprinting machines.
This does not include incinerators.
r. Laundry dryers, extractors, and tumblers processing
clothing, bedding, and other fabric items used at the source that have been
cleaned with water solutions of bleach or detergents provided that any organic
solvent present in such items before processing that is retained from cleanup
operations shall be addressed as part of the volatile organic compound emissions
from use of cleaning materials.
s. Housekeeping activities for cleaning purposes, including
collecting spilled and accumulated materials at the source, but not including
use of cleaning materials that contain organic solvent.
t. Refrigeration systems, including storage tanks used in
refrigeration systems, but excluding any combustion equipment associated with
such systems.
u. Activities associated with the construction,
on–site repair, maintenance or dismantlement of buildings, utility lines,
pipelines, wells, excavations, earthworks and other structures that do not
constitute emission units.
v. Storage tanks of organic liquids with a capacity of less
than 500 gallons, provided the tank is not used for storage of any material
listed as a hazardous air pollutant pursuant to Section 112(b) of the Clean Air
Act.
w. Piping and storage systems for natural gas, propane, and
liquefied petroleum gas, excluding pipeline compressor stations and associated
storage facilities.
x. Water treatment or storage systems, as
follows:
(1) Systems for potable water or boiler
feedwater.
(2) Systems, including cooling towers, for process water
provided that such water has not been in direct or indirect contact with process
streams that contain volatile organic material or materials listed as hazardous
air pollutants pursuant to Section 112(b) of the Clean Air Act.
y. Lawn care, landscape maintenance, and groundskeeping
activities.
z. Containers, reservoirs, or tanks used exclusively in
dipping operations to coat objects with oils, waxes, or greases, provided no
organic solvent has been mixed with such materials.
aa. Cold cleaning degreasers that are not in–line
cleaning machines, where the vapor pressure of the solvents used never exceeds 2
kPa (15 mmHg or 0.3 psi) measured at
38_C
(100_F) or 0.7 kPa (5 mmHg or 0.1 psi)
at 20_C
(68_F). (Note: Cold cleaners subject
to 40 CFR Part 63 Subpart T are not considered insignificant
activities.)
bb. Manually operated equipment used for buffing,
polishing, carving, cutting, drilling, machining, routing, sanding, sawing,
scarfing, surface grinding or turning.
cc. Use of consumer products, including hazardous
substances as that term is defined in the Federal Hazardous Substances Act (15
U.S.C. 1261 et seq.), when the product is used at a source in the same manner as
normal consumer use.
dd. Activities directly used in the diagnosis and treatment
of disease, injury or other medical condition.
ee. Firefighting activities and training in preparation for
fighting fires conducted at the source. (Note: Written notification pursuant
to paragraph 23.2(3)“g” is required at least ten working days before
such action commences.)
ff. Activities associated with the construction, repair or
maintenance of roads or other paved or open areas, including operation of street
sweepers, vacuum trucks, spray trucks and other vehicles related to the control
of fugitive emissions of such roads or other areas.
gg. Storage and handling of drums or other transportable
containers when the containers are sealed during storage and
handling.
hh. Individual points of emission or activities as
follows:
(1) Individual flanges, valves, pump seals, pressure relief
valves and other individual components that have the potential for
leaks.
(2) Individual sampling points, analyzers, and process
instrumentation, whose operation may result in emissions.
(3) Individual features of an emission unit such as each
burner and sootblower in a boiler or each use of cleaning materials on a coating
or printing line.
ii. Construction activities at a source solely associated
with the modification or building of a facility, an emission unit or other
equipment at the source. (Note: Notwithstanding the status of this activity as
insignificant, a particular activity that entails modification or construction
of an emission unit or construction of air pollution control equipment may
require a construction permit pursuant to 22.1(455B) and may subsequently
require a revised Title V operating permit. A revised Title V operating permit
may also be necessary for operation of an emission unit after completion of a
particular activity if the existing Title V operating permit does not
accommodate the new state of the emission unit.)
jj. Activities at a source associated with the maintenance,
repair, or dismantlement of an emission unit or other equipment installed at the
source, including preparation for maintenance, repair or dismantlement, and
preparation for subsequent startup, including preparation of a shutdown vessel
for entry, replacement of insulation, welding and cutting, and steam purging of
a vessel prior to startup.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 22.103(2) as
follows:
22.103(2) Insignificant activities which must be
included in Title V operating permit applications.
a. The following are insignificant if not needed to
determine the applicability of or to impose any applicable requirement and if
the total plantwide potential emissions from these insignificant activities do
not exceed the level specified in paragraph 22.103(2)“b.”
activities based on potential emissions:
(1) An emission unit which has the potential
to emit less than:
4000 lbs per year of carbon
monoxide,
1600 lbs per year of nitrogen
oxides,
1600 lbs per year of sulfur
dioxides,
1000 lbs per year of particulate
matter,
600 lbs per year of PM–10,
1600 lbs per year of volatile organic
compounds,
1600 lbs per year of ozone,
24 lbs per year of lead,
120 lbs per year of fluorides,
280 lbs per year of sulfuric acid
mists,
400 lbs per year of total reduced sulfur
compounds,
20 lbs per year of any hazardous air pollutant except
high–risk pollutants, or
20 lbs per year of any high–risk air pollutant
divided by the weighting factor established in the definition of “High
risk pollutant” in 567—22.100(455B).
5 tons per year of any regulated air pollutant,
except:
2.5 tons per year of PM–10,
40 lbs per year of lead or lead compounds,
2500 lbs per year of any combination of hazardous air
pollutants except high–risk pollutants,
1000 lbs per year of any individual hazardous air pollutant
except high–risk pollutants,
250 lbs per year of any combination of high–risk
pollutants, or
100 lbs per year of any individual high–risk
pollutant.
The definition of “High risk pollutant” is
found in 22.100(455B).
(2) A storage tank which contains no volatile organic
compounds above a vapor pressure of 0.75 pounds per square inch at the normal
operating temperature of the tank when other emissions from the tank do not
exceed the levels in subparagraph
22.103(2)“a”(1).
(3) Insignificant activities which are exempted
because of size or production rate must be listed in the
application.
b. Emissions rate in tons per year:
Carbon monoxide
|
100.0
|
Nitrogen dioxide
|
40.0
|
Sulfur dioxide
|
40.0
|
Particulate matter
|
25.0
|
PM–10
|
15.0
|
Volatile organic compounds
|
40.0
|
Ozone
|
40.0
|
Lead
|
0.6
|
Fluorides
|
3.0
|
Sulfuric acid mist
|
7.0
|
Total reduced sulfur compounds
|
10.0
|
Sum of hazardous air
pollutants (aggregate of the weighted
high–risk and non–high–risk hazardous
air pollutants)
|
0.5
|
c. Regardless of the classification of an activity as
insignificant, an application for a Title V operating permit cannot omit
information needed to determine the applicability of, or to impose, any
applicable requirement.
d. The following are insignificant if not needed to
determine the applicability of or to impose any applicable
requirement.
b. The following are insignificant
activities:
(1) Fuel–burning equipment for indirect heating and
reheating furnaces using natural or liquefied petroleum gas with a capacity of
less than 10 million Btu per hour input per combustion unit.
(2) Fuel–burning equipment for indirect heating with a
capacity of less than 1 million Btu per hour input per combustion unit when
burning coal, untreated wood, or fuel oil.
(3) Incinerators with a rated refuse burning capacity of less
than 25 pounds per hour.
(4) Gasoline, diesel fuel, or oil storage tanks with a
capacity of 1,000 gallons or less and an annual throughput of less than 40,000
gallons.
(5) A storage tank which contains no volatile organic
compounds above a vapor pressure of 0.75 pounds per square inch at the normal
operating temperature of the tank when other emissions from the tank do not
exceed the levels in paragraph 22.103(2)“a.”
(6) Internal combustion engines that are used for emergency
response purposes with a brake horsepower rating of less than 400 measured at
the shaft. The manufacturer’s nameplate rating at full load shall be
defined as the brake horsepower output at the shaft.
ARC 1476B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.200, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 65, “Animal Feeding Operations,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This amendment would define “adjacent” for the
purposes of determining when two or more open feedlots must obtain an operation
permit.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendment on or before April 17, 2002. Written comments should
be directed to Sara Smith, Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State Office
Building, 502 E. 9th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034; fax
(515)281–8895.
Also, there will be a public hearing on April 17, 2002, at1
p.m. in the Fifth Floor Conference Room of the Wallace State Office Building at
which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the
hearing, people will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record
and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendment.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have
special requirements such as those related to hearing or mobility impairments
should contact the Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific
needs.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
455B.171(4) and 455B.200.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 567—65.1(455B) by adopting the
following new definition in alphabetical order:
“Adjacent” means, for the purpose of determining
whether an operation permit is required pursuant to 567— 65.4(455B), that
two or more open feedlots are adjacent if they are separated at their closest
points, including any solids settling facility, by less than 1,250
feet.
ARC 1477B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.304 the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 104, “Sanitary Disposal Projects with Processing
Facilities,” and Chapter 106, “Recycling Operations,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These amendments are warranted due to the extensive
reorganization and clarification necessary to make the new rules useful to
transfer station and citizen convenience center operators and to regulatory
officials.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments prior to April 10, 2002. Such written materials
should be directed to Jeff Myrom, Land Quality and Waste Management Assistance
Division, Department of Natural Resources, 502 East 9th Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50319; fax (515)281–8895. Persons wishing to convey their views orally
should contact Jeff Myrom at (515)281–3302.
Also, there will be a public hearing on April 9, 2002, at3
p.m. in Conference Room 5 West of the Wallace State Office Building, at which
time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the
hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record
and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have
special requirements, such as those relating to hearing or mobility impairments,
should contact the Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific
needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
455B.304.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Renumber rules
567—106.1(455B) to 567— 106.4(455B) as
567—104.21(455B) to 567— 104.24(455B).
ITEM 2. Amend 567—Chapter
106, title, as follows:
RECYCLING OPERATIONS
CITIZEN
CONVENIENCE CENTERS
AND TRANSFER STATIONS
ITEM 3. Adopt the following
new rules:
567—106.1(455B) Compliance. All existing
citizen convenience centers and transfer stations shall
be inspected and reviewed by the department to ensure compliance with these
rules. These rules do not apply to medical waste transfer stations.
106.1(1) If a citizen convenience center or transfer
station existing before the effective date of these
rules is not in compliance, the department shall notify that facility in writing
of the specific deficiencies. The facility shall then submit to the department
in writing a compliance schedule for that facility within 30 days of
notification by the department. The compliance schedule shall not exceed two
years from the date of written notification by the department.
106.1(2) If an existing facility does not achieve
compliance within two years from the date of written notification by the
department, the facility shall close pursuant to 567— 106.7(455B) if it is
a citizen convenience center or 567— 106.17(455B) if it is a transfer
station.
567—106.2(455B,455D) Definitions. In addition
to the definitions set out in Iowa Code section 455B.301, which shall be
considered incorporated by reference in these rules, the following definitions
shall apply:
“Citizen convenience center” means a permanent,
fixed–location facility that has the primary purpose of receiving solid
waste from citizens and small businesses that do not utilize solid waste
collection vehicles or satellite solid waste collection
vehicles. A citizen convenience center is a sanitary
disposal project and may hold solid waste for a short period of time before
collection. A citizen convenience center is not a transfer station or final
disposal facility.
“Hot load” means solid waste that is smoking,
smoldering, emitting flames or hot gases or otherwise indicating that the solid
waste is in the process of combustion or close to igniting.
“Incidental solid waste transfer” means the
truck–to–truck transfer of solid waste from a satellite solid waste
collection vehicle to a solid waste collection vehicle, if that solid waste
could be collected only by a satellite solid waste collection vehicle due to
vehicle access restrictions.
“Satellite solid waste collection vehicle” means a
small, specialized solid waste collection vehicle that has been specifically
designed to service locations that have vehicle access restrictions that would
otherwise render solid waste collection technically prohibitive.
“Solid waste collection vehicle” means a vehicle
that has the primary purpose of collecting solid waste from a variety of
locations, including at curbside and from dumpsters, compactors, and
roll–off boxes.
“Solid waste transport vehicle” means a vehicle
that serves the purpose of transporting solid waste received by a transfer
station.
“Surge pit” means a pit inside a transfer station
building that receives solid waste from the tipping floor or directly from solid
waste collection vehicles. Surge pits provide more space for temporary storage
during peak operating hours and allow for additional compaction of the solid
waste before it is loaded into solid waste transport vehicles.
“Transfer station” means a permanent,
fixed–location, enclosed transportation terminal that has the primary
purpose of receiving solid waste from solid waste collection vehicles and
loading that solid waste into solid waste transport vehicles.
Truck–to–truck transfer of solid waste that is not incidental solid
waste transfer is not allowed outside a transfer station
building. A transfer station is a sanitary disposal
project and may hold or store solid waste before transport for a short period of
time. A transfer station is not a final disposal facility.
“Truck–to–truck transfer” means the
direct transfer of solid waste from one vehicle to a second vehicle with no
intermediary handling. Truck–to–truck transfer of solid waste that
is not incidental solid waste transfer is not allowed outside a transfer station
building.
“Vector” means a carrier organism that is capable
of transmitting a pathogen from one organism to another. Vectors include, but
are not limited to, birds, rats and other rodents, and insects.
“Washwater” means a
water–based liquid that has either originated
from solid waste unloaded inside the enclosed portion of a transfer station or
that has come into contact with enclosed transfer station areas that have come
into contact with solid waste.
567—106.3(455B) Citizen convenience center and
transfer station permits.
106.3(1) Permit required. A citizen convenience
center or a transfer station is a sanitary disposal project and shall not be
constructed or operated without a permit from the department. In order to be
issued a permit, a citizen convenience center or transfer station must satisfy
the comprehensive planning requirements set forth in 567—Chapter 101. The
issuance of a permit by the department in no way relieves the applicant of the
responsibility of complying with all other local, state, or federal statutes,
ordinances, and rules or other requirements applicable to the construction and
operation of a citizen convenience center or transfer station.
106.3(2) Citizen convenience center permit exemption.
If a citizen convenience center is located at a permitted recy–cling or
composting facility or sanitary disposal project, it shall not require its own
permit; instead, the citizen convenience center shall be amended into the host
facility’s permit.
106.3(3) Construction and operation. A citizen
convenience center or transfer station shall be constructed and operated
according to the plans and specifications approved by the department and the
conditions of the permit. The approved plans and specifications shall
constitute a condition of the permit.
106.3(4) Transfer of title and permit. If title to a
citizen convenience center or transfer station is transferred, then the
department shall transfer the permit within 60 days if the department has found
that the following requirements have been met:
a. The title transferee has applied in writing to the
department to request a transfer of the permit within 30 days of the transfer of
title.
b. The permitted facility is in compliance with Iowa Code
chapters 455B and 455D, these rules and the conditions of the permit.
106.3(5) Permit conditions. Any permit may be issued
subject to conditions specified in writing by the department that are necessary
to ensure that the sanitary disposal project is constructed and operated in
compliance with Iowa Code chapters 455B and 455D and these rules.
106.3(6) Effect of revocation. If a permit for a
citizen convenience center or transfer station held by any public or private
agency is revoked by the director, then no new permit shall be issued to that
agency for that sanitary disposal project for a period of one year from the date
of revocation. Such revocation shall not prohibit the issuance of a permit for
the sanitary disposal project to another public or private agency.
106.3(7) Inspection prior to commencing new operation.
The department shall be notified when the construction of a new citizen
convenience center or a transfer station has been completed. The department
shall then complete an inspection of the facility to determine if the sanitary
disposal project has been constructed in accordance with the plans and
specifications and permit requirements. No solid waste shall be accepted by the
facility until it has been inspected and approved by the department.
106.3(8) Duration and renewal of permits. A citizen
convenience center or transfer station permit shall be issued fora period of
three years and is renewable, unless otherwise specified by conditions set forth
in subrule 106.3(5).
106.3(9) Request and approval of permit renewal. A
request for permit renewal shall be in writing and must be filed at least 90
days before the expiration of the current permit by submitting Form 50
(542–1542) to the department. The department may request that additional
information be submitted for review in order to make a permit renewal decision.
The department shall renew the permit if, after a review and inspection of the
facility and its compliance history, the department finds that the facility is
in compliance with Iowa Code chapters 455B and 455D, these rules and the
conditions of the permit, and is making a good–faith effort to maintain
compliance. If the facility is found not to be in compliance with Iowa Code
chapters 455B and 455D, these rules, and the conditions of the permit or if a
good–faith effort to maintain compliance is not being made, the sanitary
disposal project shall be brought into compliance or placed on a compliance
schedule approved by the department before the permit
is renewed. The permit may be renewed with new conditions pursuant to subrule
106.3(5).
106.3(10) Request for permit modification. A request
for permit modification shall be submitted in writing to the department with
supporting documentation and materials. The department may request that
additional information be submitted for review in order to make a permit
modification decision. The department may also request that information pursuant
to rule 106.4(455B) for citizen convenience centers or rule 106.8(455B) for
transfer stations be resubmitted, in part or in whole, in order to make a permit
modification decision. The modified permit may be approved with new conditions
pursuant to subrule 106.3(5).
106.3(11) Emergency solid waste transfer permit. If a
primary sanitary disposal project in a service area becomes inoperable, the
department may issue an emergency solid waste transfer permit for a period of
time no longer than necessary for a sanitary disposal project that provides
replacement capacity to be constructed and become operational. The department
may also issue an emergency solid waste transfer permit for a period of time no
longer than necessary for a sanitary disposal project to return to permitted
capacity if more solid waste is produced by an extraordinary event than can be
managed by a sanitary disposal project. The conditions of an emergency solid
waste transfer permit shall be determined by the department and may be used as
an alternative to the requirements of this chapter. The department shall issue
an emergency solid waste transfer permit only if the department has determined
that the following conditions apply:
a. It is not technically feasible to direct haul with solid
waste collection vehicles and manage the solid waste at another sanitary
disposal project or combination thereof in the service area or surrounding
service areas.
b. Solid waste must be transferred from the area in order to
protect human health and the environment.
567—106.4(455B) Citizen convenience center permit
application requirements.
106.4(1) A citizen convenience center permit applicant
shall submit the following permit application information to the
department:
a. The name, address, and telephone number
of:
(1) Owner of site where project will be located.
(2) Permit applicant.
(3) Official responsible for the operation of the
project.
(4) Professional engineer (P.E.) licensed in the state of Iowa
and retained for the design of the facility, if any.
(5) Agency to be served by the project, if any.
(6) Responsible official of agency to be served, if
any.
b. A legal description of the site.
c. A map or aerial photograph locating the boundaries of the
site and identifying:
(1) North and other principal compass points.
(2) Zoning and land use within 250 feet.
(3) Homes and buildings within 250 feet.
(4) Section lines or other legal boundaries.
d. Proof of the applicant’s ownership of the site and
legal entitlement to use the site as a citizen convenience center.
e. Days and hours of operation of the site.
f. The service area of the facility and political
jurisdictions included in that area.
g. Type, source, and expected weight of solid waste to be
handled per day, week, and year.
h. A description of the disposal process to be used.
i. A site design illustrating the facility, which may include
engineering plans and specifications completed by the engineer listed in
106.4(1)“a”(4).
j. A plan of operations detailing how
the site will comply with rule 106.5(455B) and with rule
106.6(455B,455D), if applicable.
k. A closure plan detailing how the site will comply with
rules 106.7(455B) and 106.18(455B).
l. An emergency response and remedial action plan (ERRAP)
pursuant to rule 106.19(455B).
106.4(2) If the department finds the permit
application information to be incomplete, it shall notify the applicant in
writing of that fact and of the specific deficiencies and return the application
materials to the applicant within 30 days of such notification. The applicant
may reapply without prejudice.
567—106.5(455B) Citizen convenience center
operations.
106.5(1) Solid waste shall be accepted only from
citizens and small businesses residing in the service area designated in
106.4(1)“f.” Solid waste shall not be accepted from solid waste
collection vehicles.
106.5(2) All solid waste received shall be loaded into
dumpsters, compactors, or roll–off boxes and collected by solid waste
collection vehicles. Solid waste shall not be loaded into solid waste transport
vehicles.
106.5(3) Dumpsters, compactors, and roll–off
boxes shall not be allowed to overflow, and solid waste shall be collected as
often as necessary to prevent the attraction or harborage of vectors and to
prevent a nuisance or public health hazard.
106.5(4) Litter shall be collected as often as
necessary to prevent a nuisance or public health hazard.
567—106.6(455B,455D) Citizen convenience center
reporting requirements. A citizen convenience center that directly disposes
of solid waste outside Iowa shall report the following information, on a form
provided by the department, to the department and local solid waste authority on
a quarterly basis:
106.6(1) Tons of solid waste disposed of.
106.6(2) Comprehensive planning
areas from which the solid waste originated, and the
tons of solid waste disposed from each county and comprehensive planning
area.
106.6(3) Destinations of all outgoing solid
waste.
567—106.7(455B) Citizen convenience center closure
requirements. The facility shall submit to the local political
jurisdiction, the department, and department field office with jurisdiction over
the citizen convenience center written notice of intent to permanently close the
facility at least 180 days before closure. Closure
shall be in conformance with the closure plan pursuant to
106.4(1)“k” and shall not be official until the department field
office has given written certification of the completion of the closure plan and
the following activities:
106.7(1) Proper disposal of all solid waste and litter
at the site.
106.7(2) Removal of all dumpsters, compactors,
roll–off boxes, and other solid waste receptacles.
106.7(3) Reporting of the completion of these
activities to the local political jurisdiction, the department, and the
department field office with jurisdiction over the citizen convenience
center.
567—106.8(455B) Transfer station permit application
requirements.
106.8(1) A transfer station permit applicant shall
submit the following permit application information to the department:
a. The name, address, and telephone number of:
(1) Owner of site where project will be located.
(2) Permit applicant.
(3) Official responsible for the operation of the
project.
(4) Professional engineer (P.E.) licensed in the state of Iowa
and retained for the design of the facility.
(5) Agency to be served by the project, if any.
(6) Responsible official of agency to be served, if
any.
b. A legal description of the site.
c. A map or aerial photograph locating the boundaries of the
site and identifying:
(1) North and other principal compass points.
(2) Zoning and land use within 750 feet.
(3) Homes and buildings within 750 feet.
(4) Haul routes to and from the site with load limits or other
restrictions.
(5) Section lines or other legal boundaries.
d. Proof of the applicant’s ownership of the site and
legal entitlement to use the site as a transfer station.
e. Days and hours of operation of the site.
f. The service area of the facility and political
jurisdictions included in that area.
g. Type, source, and expected weight of solid waste to be
handled per day, week, and year.
h. A description of the waste transfer and
disposal proc–ess to be used.
i. An organizational chart.
j. An engineering design including applicable approvals from
responsible government agencies and public entities, and triplicate engineering
plans and specifications completed by the engineer listed in
106.8(1)“a”(4), detailing how the site will comply with rules
106.9(455B), 106.10(455B), 106.12(455B), and 106.15(455B).
k. A plan of operations detailing how the site will comply
with rules 106.11(455B) through 106.16(455B).
l. A closure plan detailing how the site will comply with
rules 106.17(455B) and 106.18(455B).
m. An emergency response and remedial action plan (ERRAP)
pursuant to rule 106.19(455B).
106.8(2) If the department finds the permit
application information to be incomplete, it shall notify the applicant in
writing of that fact and of the specific deficiencies and return the application
materials to the applicant within 30 days of such notification. The applicant
may reapply without prejudice.
567—106.9(455B) Transfer station siting and location
requirements. A transfer station shall meet the following
requirements:
106.9(1) A transfer station shall not be located
within a 100–year floodplain unless the design includes structures to
prevent floodwater inundation from a 100–year flood of any area that comes
into contact with solid waste or washwater.
106.9(2) A transfer station shall not be located
within 500 feet of an educational or health care facility or permanent residence
unless screening is utilized to minimize noise and
visibility of operations. Such screening shall utilize natural components to
the maximum extent possible. This requirement shall not apply if construction
of the educational or health care facility or permanent residence began after
the transfer station permit application was received by the
department.
567—106.10(455B) Transfer station design
standards.
106.10(1) Transfer station building. A transfer
station shall include a building inside which all solid waste is unloaded from
solid waste collection vehicles and loaded into solid waste transport vehicles.
Truck–to–truck transfer of solid waste that is not incidental solid
waste transfer is not allowed outside a transfer station building. A
rear–loading solid waste transport vehicle that does not have any other
open access and securely abuts the transfer station building so that minimal
amounts of solid waste escape during loading shall qualify as being inside the
building. The transfer station building shall meet the following
requirements:
a. All surfaces that come into contact with solid waste shall
be enclosed by walls and a roof satisfactory to:
(1) Minimize dust and litter exiting the building.
(2) Keep precipitation out of the building.
(3) Prevent the attraction or harboring of vectors.
b. All surfaces that come in contact with solid waste or
washwater shall be impervious to liquids.
c. The transfer station building shall have a drainage system
that maintains a separation between stormwater and washwater.
d. The transfer station building shall have a washwater
collection system that directs washwater to a storage tank for later disposal, a
sanitary sewer system, or equivalent asapproved by the department. Storage
tanks shall have high–level indicators or gauges.
e. Each area where unloaded solid
waste is stored during nonoperating hours shall be clearly marked and include a
fire detection system.
f. If solid waste is to be managed or stored in a surge pit,
then effective odor control mechanisms such as, but not limited to, mist systems
and air filters shall be required.
g. If solid waste is to be managed or stored in a surge pit,
then a sprinkler system shall be installed over that area.
h. Each area where salvaged materials are stored shall be
clearly marked.
i. The transfer station building shall have
adequate indoor and outdoor lighting that minimizes the
difference in lighting when entering or exiting the building.
j. The transfer station building shall have doors at each
entrance and exit.
106.10(2) Other transfer station design requirements.
A transfer station shall:
a. Provide a secure perimeter fence, with lockable
gate(s).
b. Use a scale certified by the Iowa department of agriculture
and land stewardship.
c. Provide adequate queuing distance for vehicles entering and
exiting the property such that lines of vehicles will not extend onto public
streets during peak hours, unless approved by the appropriate local government
authority.
d. Provide signs or pavement markings indicating safe and
proper on–site traffic patterns.
e. Post a sign at the primary entrance to the facility
specifying:
(1) Name and permit number of facility.
(2) Operating hours.
(3) Materials that are accepted or the statement “All
materials must have prior approval.”
(4) Telephone number of emergency contact person(s).
567—106.11(455B) Transfer station operating
requirements. A transfer station shall perform its operations in a manner
that complies with the following requirements:
106.11(1) Site access shall be controlled and limited
to a time when a transfer station operator who has met the following training
requirements is on duty:
a. Has read, understands, and is able to implement the plan of
operations pursuant to 106.8(1)“k.”
b. Has read, understands, and is able to implement the
emergency response and remedial action plan pursuant to
106.8(1)“m.”
c. Is able to visually recognize universal symbols and
markings, and indications of unacceptable materials pursuant to subrule
106.11(4).
d. Is certified by a training program approved by the
department such as, but not limited to, the Solid Waste Association of North
America’s Managing Transfer Station Systems Training and Certification
Course, if the facility is permitted for 20,000 tons or more per year of solid
waste.
106.11(2) Solid waste shall be accepted only from
generators within the service area designated in
106.8(1)“f.”
106.11(3) All unloading, handling, processing,
screening, open storage, loading, and similar activities or processes involving
solid waste shall be performed inside the transfer station building.
Truck–to–truck transfer of solid waste that is not incidental solid
waste transfer is not allowed outside a transfer station building. A
rear–loading solid waste transport vehicle that does not have any other
open access and securely abuts the transfer station building so that minimal
amounts of solid waste escape during loading shall qualify as being inside the
building. Salvaged materials that do not attract or harbor
vectors may be stored outside the building in clearly
marked designated areas.
106.11(4) All solid waste accepted by the transfer
station shall, at a minimum, be visually inspected by personnel capable of
identifying hot loads and hazardous, infectious, radioactive, and other wastes
not acceptable for disposal in a sanitary landfill.
106.11(5) Transfer station operators shall segregate
and manage unacceptable wastes and hot loads in accordance with applicable laws,
and in a manner as safe and responsible as practical.
106.11(6) Transfer station operators shall be allowed
to salvage materials. Scavenging shall not be allowed.
106.11(7) The operation of the facility shall be
carried out in a manner that attempts to minimize litter, dust, odor, noise,
vibration, and the attraction or harborage of vectors.
106.11(8) The transfer station building shall be
maintained at a level of cleanliness necessary to prevent a nuisance or public
health hazard.
106.11(9) On–site litter shall be maintained at
a level of cleanliness necessary to prevent a nuisance
or public health hazard. Off–site litter shall be collected
daily.
106.11(10) The exterior of all buildings shall be
maintained in a reasonable aesthetic condition, and that prevents the attraction
or harborage of vectors, so as not to create a nuisance or public health
hazard.
106.11(11) Washwater management systems shall not be
allowed to overflow and shall be inspected monthly and maintained in proper
operating condition.
106.11(12) Any breach of a surface that prevents
washwater from entering the ground and groundwater shall be repaired within 24
hours to make that surface impervious to liquids. If such repairs cannot be
made within 24 hours, the facility shall not allow solid waste or washwater to
come into contact with the breached area until repairs are complete. If the
facility cannot prevent solid waste or washwater from coming into contact with
the breached area, the department may require the facility to shut down until
repairs are completed.
106.11(13) Adequate provisions shall be made for the
routine operational maintenance of the facility.
567—106.12(455B) Temporary solid waste storage at
transfer stations.
106.12(1) Areas permitted for storage. Solid waste
shall be stored at the transfer station in the following manner:
a. Inside a transfer station building in a clearly marked
designated area; or
b. Inside a transfer station building in a surge pit;
or
c. Inside a secure solid waste transport vehicle, protected
from precipitation and vectors.
106.12(2) Storage time requirements. Solid waste
shall be stored no longer than the following periods of time, unless shorter
storage times are required by the department or local government authority to
prevent a nuisance or public health hazard:
a. Inside a transfer station building without a surge pit or
similar operational structure for not more than 48 hours, excluding Sundays and
national holidays.
b. Inside a transfer station building in a surge pit for not
more than seven days, including Sundays and national holidays.
c. Inside a solid waste transport vehicle designated to travel
only via roadway for not more than 48 hours, excluding
Sundays and national holidays.
d. Inside a solid waste transport vehicle designated to travel
via rail or navigable waterway, including intermodal container systems, for not
more than seven days, including Sundays and national holidays.
567—106.13(455B,455D) Transfer station
record–keeping requirements.
106.13(1) A transfer station shall
maintain a copy of the following documents:
a. Current permit(s), on site.
b. Plan of operation, on site.
c. Emergency response and remedial action plan, on
site.
d. Proof of financial assurance, on file.
106.13(2) A transfer station shall maintain records of
the following information for a period of three calendar years:
a. Tons of all solid waste disposed of quarterly.
b. Destination of all outgoing solid waste.
c. Washwater management system inspection log.
d. Hot loads and hazardous, infectious, radioactive, or other
unacceptable wastes found.
e. Training received by transfer station operator(s) pursuant
to 106.11(1).
567—106.14(455B,455D) Transfer station reporting
requirements.
106.14(1) A transfer
station shall report the following information, on a form provided by the
department, to the department and local solid waste authority on a quarterly
basis:
a. Tons of solid waste disposed of.
b. Comprehensive planning areas from which the solid waste
originated, and the tons of solid waste disposed from each county and
comprehensive planning area.
c. Destinations of all outgoing solid waste.
106.14(2) A transfer station shall be inspected
annually by an Iowa–licensed professional engineer (P.E.). The inspection
shall, at a minimum, cover the design standards pursuant to rule 106.10(455B).
The inspection report shall reflect the facility’s compliance with respect
to thedepartment–approved design and construction. The annual report
shall be submitted to the department and department field office with
jurisdiction over the facility by the first workday in November each
year.
567—106.15(455B) Solid waste transport vehicle
con– struction and maintenance requirements.
106.15(1) The portion of a solid waste transport
vehicle that contains solid waste shall be designed to prevent the accidental
discharge of its contents, the attraction or harborage of vectors, and
infiltration of precipitation. This design shall include a suitable cover that
is not easily torn, shredded, broken, or otherwise breached under normal
use.
106.15(2) Any solid waste transport vehicle that fails
to meet the requirements of this rule shall be repaired before it is utilized in
the transport or storage of solid waste.
106.15(3) All solid waste transport vehicles shall be
cleaned at intervals frequent enough to prevent a nuisance or vector
attraction.
106.15(4) Wastewater generated from the cleaning of
the areas of the solid waste transport vehicles that hold solid
waste shall be considered washwater and shall be
managed accordingly.
567—106.16(455B) Solid waste transport vehicle
operation requirements.
106.16(1) A solid waste transport vehicle’s
openings shall be securely closed before transport and during solid waste
storage so as to prevent the loss of solid waste.
106.16(2) A solid waste transport vehicle shall be
loaded with solid waste inside a transfer station building and in a manner that
minimizes the spilling of materials. Truck–to–truck transfer of
solid waste that is not incidental solid waste transfer is not allowed outside a
transfer station building. A rear–loading solid waste transport vehicle
that does not have any other open access and securely abuts the transfer station
building so that minimal amounts of solid waste escape during loading shall
qualify as being inside the building. Solid waste spilled from a solid waste
transport vehicle during loading shall be collected as often as necessary to
minimize litter, dust, or other fugitive debris.
106.16(3) If solid waste is spilled from a solid waste
transport vehicle during transport that is not on transfer station property, the
spilled solid waste shall be collected as soon as possible. The transfer
station shall immediately report the spill to the department and the department
field office with jurisdiction over the transfer station and spill
location.
567—106.17(455B) Transfer station closure
requirements. The facility shall submit to the local political
jurisdiction, the department, and department field office with jurisdiction over
the transfer station written notice of intent to permanently close the facility
at least 180 days before closure. Closure shall be in conformance with the
closure plan pursuant to 106.8(1)“l,” and shall not be official
until the department field office has given written certification of the
completion of the closure plan and the following activities:
106.17(1) Proper disposal of all solid waste and
litter at the site.
106.17(2) Cleaning the transfer station building,
including the rinsing of all surfaces that have come in contact with solid waste
or washwater.
106.17(3) Cleaning of all solid waste transport
vehicles that will remain on site, including the rinsing of all surfaces that
have come in contact with solid waste.
106.17(4) Removal and proper management of all
washwater in the washwater management system.
106.17(5) Locking all doors, gates, entrances, and
exits.
106.17(6) Reporting of the completion of these
activities to the local political jurisdiction, the department, and the
department field office with jurisdiction over the transfer station.
567—106.18(455B) Citizen convenience center and
transfer station financial assurance. The holder of a permit for a citizen
convenience center or transfer station shall maintain a closure account as
financial assurance. The account shall be specific to a particular
facility.
106.18(1) Definitions. For the purpose of this rule,
the following definitions shall apply:
“Account” means a formal set of separate
records.
“Current cost estimate” means the cost estimate
pursuant to subrule 106.18(2) prepared and submitted to the department by an
Iowa–licensed engineer on an annual basis for transfer stations and once
before the commencement of operation for a citizen convenience center.
106.18(2) Current cost estimate. The current cost
estimate submitted by an Iowa–licensed professional engineer (P.E.) on an
annual basis to the department shall be the sum of the following
costs:
a. Transportation costs and total tip fees to properly dispose
of twice the maximum daily tonnage of solid waste that could be accepted by the
citizen convenience center or transfer station;
b. Transportation costs and total tip fees to properly dispose
of the tons of solid waste equal to the maximum solid waste storage capacity of
the transfer station, including solid waste storage in solid waste transport
vehicles;
c. The cost of properly cleaning the transfer station building
pursuant to 106.17(2) and solid waste transport vehicles pursuant to 106.17(3);
and
d. The cost of properly disposing of a one–week volume
of washwater from the transfer station. If the transfer station utilizes
washwater storage tanks, then this estimate shall assume that the storage tanks
are full and add that volume to the one–week volume.
106.18(3) Nonassignment of funds. Money in the
account shall not be assigned for the benefit of creditors except the state of
Iowa.
106.18(4) Final judgments. Money in an account shall
not be used to pay any final judgment against a permit holder arising out of the
ownership or operation of the site during its active life or closure.
106.18(5) Withdrawal of funds. Money in the account
may be withdrawn without department approval only for the purpose of funding
closure, including partial closure, activities that are in conformance with the
closure requirements for citizen convenience centers or transfer stations.
Withdrawals for activities not in conformance with a closure requirement must
receive prior written approval from the department.
106.18(6) Excess funds. If the balance of a closure
account exceeds the current cost estimate for closure at any time, then the
permit holder may withdraw the excess funds so long as the withdrawal does not
cause the balance to be reduced below the amount of the current cost
estimate.
106.18(7) Initial proof of establishment of account
and funds. Proof of the establishment of the account and its compliance with
this rule shall be submitted to the department within 30 days of the close of
the permit holder’s first fiscal year that begins after the effective date
of this rule, or at the time of application for a permit for a new citizen
convenience center or transfer station.
106.18(8) Deposits. Deposits into the closure account
shall be made on an annual basis for a period of five years, in the amount
specified in this rule, beginning with the permit holder’s first fiscal
year that begins after the effective date of this rule. The deposits shall be
made within 30 days of the close of the permit holder’s fiscal year. The
minimum annual deposit to the closure account shall be determined using the
following formula:
CE - CB
|
=
|
annual deposit to closure account
|
Y
|
|
|
“CE” means the current cost estimate of closure
costs, as applicable.
“CB” means the current balance of the closure
account, as applicable.
“Y” means the number of years remaining in the
five–year pay–in period.
106.18(9) Investment of funds. Funds held in the
account established by this rule may only be invested in instruments listed at
Iowa Code section 12B.10(5).
106.18(10) Access to funds by the department. The
department shall have full rights of access to all funds existing in a
facility’s closure account, at the sole discretion of the department, if
the permit holder fails to undertake closure activities after being directed to
do so by a final agency action of the department. These funds shall be used
only for the purpose of funding closure activities at the site.
567—106.19(455B) Emergency response and remedial
action plans. A citizen convenience center or transfer station shall
develop, submit to the department for approval, and maintain on site a detailed
emergency response and remedial action plan (ERRAP).
106.19(1) Submittal requirements.
a. The owner or operator of facilities that have been
permitted prior to the effective date of these rules shall submit a complete
detailed ERRAP that meets the requirements set forth in this rule no later than
December 31, 2001.
b. Applications for a new permit after the effective date of
this rule shall incorporate a complete detailed ERRAP that meets the
requirements set forth in these rules.
c. An updated ERRAP that meets the requirements of this rule
shall be submitted at the time of each permit renewal or reissuance application
that is due after December 31, 2001.
d. An updated ERRAP shall be included with any request for
permit modification to incorporate a facility expansion or significant changes
in facility operation that require modification of the currently approved
ERRAP.
e. Three sets of ERRAP documents shall be submitted for
department approval.
106.19(2) Content. The content of ERRAP documents
shall be concise and readily usable as a reference manual by facility managers
and operators during emergency conditions. The ERRAP document content shall
address at least the following primary issues in detail, unless project
conditions render the specific issue as not applicable. To facilitate
department review, the rationale for exclusion of any issues that are not
determined to be applicable must be provided either in the body of the plan or
as a supplement. Additional ERRAP requirements unique to the facility shall be
addressed, as applicable.
a. Facility information.
(1) Permitted agency.
(2) DNR permit number.
(3) Facility description.
(4) Responsible official and contact information.
(5) Site and environs map.
b. Regulatory requirements.
(1) Iowa Code section 455B.306(6)“d” criteria
citation.
(2) Reference to provisions of the permit.
c. Emergency conditions—response
activities—remedial action.
(1) Failure of utilities.
1. Short–term (48 hours or less).
2. Long–term (over 48 hours).
(2) Weather–related events.
1. Tornado.
2. Windstorms.
3. Intense rainstorms and erosion.
4. Lightning strikes.
5. Flooding.
6. Event and postevent conditions.
(3) Fire and explosions.
1. Waste materials.
2. Buildings and site.
3. Equipment.
4. Fuels.
5. Utilities.
6. Facilities.
7. Working area.
8. Hot loads.
9. Waste gases.
10. Evacuation.
(4) Regulated waste spills and releases.
1. Waste materials.
2. Washwater.
3. Waste gases.
4. Waste stockpiles or storage facilities.
5. Waste transport systems.
6. Litter and airborne particulate.
7. Site drainage systems.
8. Off–site releases.
(5) Hazardous material spills and releases.
1. Load–check control points.
2. Mixed waste deliveries.
3. Fuels.
4. Waste gases.
5. Site drainage systems.
6. Off–site releases.
(6) Mass movement of land and waste.
1. Earthquakes.
2. Slope failure.
3. Waste shifts.
(7) Emergency and release notifications and
reporting.
1. Federal agencies.
2. State agencies.
3. County and city agencies.
4. News media.
5. Public and private facilities with special populations
within five miles.
6. Emergency response agencies and contact
information.
7. Reporting requirements and forms.
(8) Emergency waste management procedures.
1. Communications.
2. Temporary discontinuation of services—short–
and long–term.
3. Facilities access and rerouting.
4. Waste acceptance.
5. Wastes in process.
(9) Primary emergency equipment inventory.
1. Major equipment.
2. Fire hydrants and water sources.
3. Off–site equipment resources.
(10) Emergency aid.
1. Responder contacts.
2. Medical services.
3. Contracts and agreements.
(11) ERRAP training requirements.
1. Training providers.
2 Employee orientation.
3. Annual training updates.
4. Training completion and record keeping.
(12) Reference tables, figures and maps.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
455B.304.
ARC 1482B
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS
DEPARTMENT[481]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 10A.104(6), the
Department of Inspections and Appeals gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 1, “Administration,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment was recommended by the Attorney
General’s Office to set up a procedural framework governing the issuance
of investigatory subpoenas in the Department of Inspections and Appeals.
Currently there are no administrative rules governing this procedure.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment on or before April 9, 2002. Written materials should
be addressed to the Director, Department of Inspections and Appeals, Lucas State
Office Building, East 12th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0083.
Faxes may be sent to (515)242–6863;E–mail may be sent to
jcurtis@dia.state.ia.us.
These rules are subject to waiver pursuant to the
Department’s variance provisions contained in 481—Chapter
6.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
10A.104(6).
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 481—1.1(10A) by adopting the following
new subrules:
1.1(6) Issuance of subpoenas. The director, or
designees of the director, shall have the authority to issue subpoenas in
accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code sections 10A.104(6) and 17A.13. In
connection with audits, appeals, investigations, inspections, hearings, and any
other permissible matters conducted by the department, the director, or
designees of the director, may, upon the written request of a department
employee or on the director’s own initiative:
a. Issue subpoena duces tecum for the production and delivery
of books, papers, records and other real evidence; and
b. Issue subpoenas for the appearance of persons to provide
statements, statements under oath and depositions.
1.1(7) Contents of subpoenas. Each subpoena shall
contain the following:
a. The name and address of the person to whom the subpoena is
directed;
b. The date, time and location for the appearance of the
person;
c. A description of the books, papers, records or other real
evidence requested;
d. The date, time and location for production, inspections, or
copying of the books, papers, records or other real evidence;
e. The signature and address of the director or
designee;
f. The name, address and telephone number of a department
employee who can be contacted for purposes of providing clarification or
assistance in compliance with the subpoena;
g. The date of issuance; and
h. A return of service.
1.1(8) Motions to quash or modify subpoena. A
person who desires to challenge a subpoena directed to that person must, within
ten days after service of the subpoena, or before the time specified for
compliance, if such time is less than ten days, file with the director a motion
to quash or modify the subpoena. Upon receipt of a timely motion to quash or
modify a subpoena, the director may issue a decision or request an
administrative law judge to issue a decision. Oral argument may be scheduled
and conducted at the discretion of the director or administrative law judge.
The director or the administrative law judge may quash or modify the subpoena,
deny the motion, or issue other appropriate orders. A person aggrieved by a
ruling of an administrative law judge and who desires to challenge that ruling
must appeal the ruling to the director by serving the director, either in person
or by certified mail, a notice of appeal within ten days after service of the
decision of the administrative law judge. The director’s decision is
final for purposes of judicial review.
1.1(9) Failure to comply with subpoena. If the person
to whom the subpoena is directed refuses or fails to obey the subpoena, the
director, or the director’s designee, may cause a petition to be filed in
the Iowa district court seeking an order for the person’s compliance.
Failure to obey orders of that court shall render the person in contempt of the
court and subject to penalties provided for that offense.
INSURANCE DIVISION
Notice of Workers’ Compensation Rate
Filing
Pursuant to the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 515A, the
National Council on Compensation Insurance, Inc. (NCCI) submitted a rate filing,
E–1376, on December 21, 2001. Notice of the filing was published in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin on January 23, 2002. No request for a hearing on
the rate filing was received.
The rate filing proposes that claims directly attributable to
the terrorist acts of September 11, 2001, be excluded from experience rating
calculations.
Based on an independent review of the NCCI proposal, the
Commissioner finds the proposed rates not to be excessive, inadequate, or
unfairly discriminatory.
It is ordered that the December 21, 2001, rate filing,
E–1376, is approved to be effective May 27, 2002.
ARC 1488B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 505.8, the
Insurance Division hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt new Chapter
49, “Financial Instruments Used in Hedging Transactions,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
This new chapter establishes rules implementing Iowa Code
section 511.8(22) and provides guidance to domestic insurers authorized to do
business pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 508 and 511 relative to the recognition
of financial instruments used in hedging transactions as an approved asset for
legal reserve funds.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendment on or before April 9, 2002. Such written materials
should be directed to Kimberlee Cross, Insurance Division, Department of
Commerce, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, or may be transmitted via
E–mail to kim.cross@comm6.state.ia.us or facsimile to
(515)281–3059.
A public hearing will be held at 10 a.m. on April 9, 2002, at
the office of the Insurance Division, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
Persons wishing to provide oral comments are requested to contact Kimberlee
Cross no later than April 8, 2002, to be placed on the agenda.
These rules were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 1487B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
511.8(22).
ARC 1470B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 3, “Licensure to Practice—Registered Nurse/Licensed
Practical Nurse,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment increases license fees based on the cost of
sustaining the Board and the actual costs of licensing.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on or before April 9, 2002. Such written materials should be directed to the
Executive Director, Iowa Board of Nursing, RiverPoint Business Park, 400 S.W.
8th Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4685. Persons who want to
convey their views orally should contact the Executive Director at
(515)281–3256, or in the Board office at S.W. 8th Street, by
appointment.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
147.76 and 147.80.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 655—3.1(17A,147,152,272C), definition
of “fees,” numbered paragraphs “1” to
“4” and “8” and “14,”
to read as follows:
1. Application for original licensure based on the registered
nurse examination, $75 95.
2. Application for original licensure based on the practical
nurse examination, $75 95.
3. Application for registered nurse/licensed practical nurse
licensure by endorsement, $101 132.
4. Application for registration as an advanced registered
nurse practitioner, $21 27 per year, or any portion of a
year.
8. For the renewal of a license to practice as a registered
nurse/licensed practical nurse, $81 102 for a
three–year period.
14. For special licensure, $62
83.
ARC 1469B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 3, “Licensure to Practice—Registered Nurse/Licensed
Practical Nurse,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment requires nurses enrolled in approved nursing
education programs to hold active licensure in the U.S. jurisdiction in which
their patient care is provided.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on or before April 9, 2002. Such written materials should be directed to the
Executive Director, Iowa Board of Nursing, RiverPoint Business Park, 400 S.W.
8th Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4685. Persons who want to
convey their views orally should contact the Executive Director at
(515)281–3256, or in the Board office at S.W. 8th Street, by
appointment.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, 152 and 272C.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind subrule 3.2(2), paragraph
“d,” and insert in lieu thereof the following
new paragraph:
d. A nurse who is enrolled in an approved nursing program
shall hold an active license in the U.S. jurisdiction(s) in which the nurse
provides patient care. An individual from another country who is enrolled in a
course of study for registered nurses or licensed practical nurses shall hold an
active license in the U.S. jurisdiction(s) in which the individual provides
patient care.
ARC 1471B
NURSING BOARD[655]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 17A.3 and
147.76, the Board of Nursing hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 4, “Discipline,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment adds continuing education to the list of
sanctions the Board may impose as a disciplinary action.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on or before April 9, 2002. Such written materials should be directed to the
Executive Director, Iowa Board of Nursing, RiverPoint Business Park, 400 S.W.
8th Street, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4685. Persons who want to
convey their views orally should contact the Executive Director at
(515)281–3256, or in the Board office at S.W. 8th Street, by
appointment.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
272C.3(2).
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 655—4.7(17A,147,152,272C) by
renumbering paragraph “5” as “6” and
adopting the following new paragraph
“5”:
5. Continuing education, reexamination, or both.
ARC 1472B
PAROLE BOARD[205]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 904A.4(2) and
906.3, the Board of Parole hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to rescind
Chapters 1 to 15 and adopt new Chapters 1 to 16, Iowa Administrative
Code.
Since the Board’s present rules became effective on or
about July 7, 1999, there have been substantial changes in the Iowa Code
sections which the rules are intended to implement, as well as in Board policy
and procedure. These changes have necessitated a redrafting of the
Board’s administrative rules. A synopsis of the rules is as
follows:
Chapter 1 defines the organization, administration, and duties
of the Board of Parole.
Chapter 2 provides the general rule–making procedures of
the Board of Parole.
Chapter 3 provides the manner in which the public may petition
for rule making.
Chapter 4 provides the manner in which the public may request
a declaratory ruling.
Chapter 5 provides information regarding the Iowa Fair
Information Practices Act.
Chapter 6 defines public records and communications with the
Board of Parole.
Chapter 7 provides procedures relating to victim
notification.
Chapter 8 provides procedures relating to consideration for
parole and work release.
Chapter 9 is reserved.
Chapter 10 provides the general parole and work release
supervision procedures of the Board of Parole.
Chapter 11 provides the general parole revocation procedures
of the Board of Parole.
Chapter 12 is reserved.
Chapter 13 provides the general parole discharge procedures of
the Board of Parole.
Chapter 14 provides procedures relating to executive
clemency.
Chapter 15 provides the general appeal procedures of the Board
of Parole.
Chapter 16 provides the waiver procedures for the Board of
Parole.
Any interested person may submit written comments on or before
April 9, 2002, addressed to Senior Parole and Probation Judge James C. Twedt,
Board of Parole, Holmes Murphy Building, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309.
A public hearing will be held at 10 a.m. on April 9, 2002, at
the Board’s office at the Holmes Murphy Building, 420 Watson Powell Jr.
Way, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
These rules were approved by the Iowa Board of Parole on
February 7, 2002. It is the Board’s intention to make these rules
effective on or about June 19, 2002.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
21, 22, 217, 902, 904A, 906, 908, 914 and 915.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 205—Chapters 1 to 15 and adopt the following
new chapters in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 1
ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL
ADMINISTRATION
205—1.1(904A) Board description.
1.1(1) The board of parole is established by Iowa Code
chapter 904A and consists of five members, including a chairperson.
1.1(2) Board members are appointed by the governor for
staggered terms of four years and are subject to confirmation by the
senate.
1.1(3) The board is responsible directly to the
governor and is attached to the department of corrections for the purpose of
receiving routine administrative and support services.
1.1(4) The board chairperson is appointed by the
governor and serves at the pleasure of the governor.
1.1(5) Vacancies in the board are filled in the same
manner as regular appointments. Appointees who fill vacancies serve for the
balance of the term.
205—1.2(904A) Board responsibilities. The
statutory responsibilities of the board are:
1.2(1) Reviewing and interviewing inmates for parole
or work release, and granting parole or work release.
1.2(2) Interviewing inmates according to board of
parole administrative rules.
1.2(3) Gathering and reviewing information regarding
new parole and work release programs being instituted or considered nationwide,
and determining which programs may be useful to Iowa. Reviewing the current
parole and work release programs and procedures used in Iowa on an annual
basis.
1.2(4) Increasing the utilization of data processing
and computerization to assist in the orderly conduct of the parole and work
release system.
1.2(5) Conducting such studies of the parole and work
release system as the governor and general assembly shall request.
1.2(6) Providing, to public and private entities,
technical assistance and counseling related to the board’s
purposes.
1.2(7) Reviewing and making recommendations to the
governor regarding all applications for reprieve, pardon, commutation of
sentence, remission of a fine or forfeiture, and restoration of citizenship
rights.
1.2(8) Maintaining a risk assessment program which
shall provide risk analysis for the board.
205—1.3(904A) Business location and hours. The
business office address is Holmes Murphy Building, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way,
Des Moines, Iowa 50309, telephone (515) 242–5757. Business hours are 8
a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday.
205—1.4(904A) Board meetings.
1.4(1) The board may conduct the following
meetings:
a. Business meeting. The board may meet each month to
consider rules, procedure and other matters.
b. Public hearing. The board may conduct a public hearing to
solicit input and comment on parole and work release procedures.
c. Board session. The board shall be in session each month at
any location designated by the chairperson. A board session may
include:
(1) Parole and work release case reviews;
(2) Parole and work release interviews;
(3) Parole rescission hearings;
(4) Parole discharge reviews;
(5) Executive clemency reviews.
1.4(2) Quorum.
a. A majority of the members of the board constitutes a quorum
except as provided herein.
b. The chairperson shall designate panels composed of at least
three board members to conduct board sessions except as provided
herein.
1.4(3) Majority vote. All questions shall be decided
by a majority vote of the members except as provided herein.
1.4(4) Parliamentary authority. Robert’s Rules
of Order, current edition, shall govern the conduct of all business meetings of
the board except as provided herein.
1.4(5) Minutes. The board shall keep copies of the
minutes of board meetings on file at the business office. The list of
individuals considered by the board for action shall constitute the minutes of a
board session.
1.4(6) Public notice and agenda. The board shall
establish the date, time, and location of all meetings. The board shall give
public notice of all meetings pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 21. The board shall
mail copies of, or provide by electronic means, notices of public meetings and
tentative agenda to news media that have so requested. When it is determined
that an emergency meeting is required, the board shall notify the news media as
soon as the need for an emergency meeting has been decided. The nature of the
emergency shall be stated in the minutes.
1.4(7) Public access to meetings. Members of the
public have access to board meetings as provided in Iowa Code chapter 21.
Persons wishing to appear before the board shall submit their requests to the
business office not less than three days prior to the business meeting. Members
of the public wishing to attend board meetings conducted in department of
corrections penal institutions should consult, in advance, department of
corrections administrative rules relating to visitation and public
access.
1.4(8) Electronic meetings. The board may conduct a
meeting by electronic means as provided in Iowa Code section 21.8.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
904A.
CHAPTER 2
AGENCY PROCEDURE FOR RULE MAKING
The board of parole hereby adopts the agency procedure for
rule making segment of the Uniform Rules on Agency Procedure which are printed
in the first volume of the Iowa Administrative Code with the following
amendments:
2.3(2) Anticipated rule making. In lieu of the words
“(commission, board, council, director)”, insert “board of
parole”.
2.5(1) Written comments. In lieu of the words
“(identify office and address)”, insert “Executive Director of
the Board of Parole, Holmes Murphy Building, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des
Moines, Iowa 50309”.
2.6(2) Mailing list. In lieu of the words
“(designate office)”, insert “Board of Parole, Holmes Murphy
Building, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des Moines, Iowa 50309”.
2.11(1) General. In lieu of the words “(specify
the office and address)”, insert “the executive director of the
board of parole”.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
CHAPTER 3
PETITIONS FOR RULE MAKING
The board of parole hereby adopts the petitions for rule
making segment of the Uniform Rules on Agency Procedure which are printed in the
first volume of the Iowa Administrative Code with the following
amendments:
205—3.1(17A) Petition for rule making. In lieu
of the words “(designate office)”, the text should read
“Holmes Murphy Building, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des Moines, Iowa
50309”.
In lieu of the words “(AGENCY NAME)”, the heading
on the petition form should read “BEFORE THE BOARD OF PAROLE OF THE STATE
OF IOWA”.
205—3.3(17A) Inquiries. In lieu of the words
“(designate official by full title and address)”, the text should
read “the Executive Director of the Board of Parole, Holmes Murphy
Building, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des Moines, Iowa 50309”.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
CHAPTER 4
DECLARATORY ORDERS
The board of parole hereby adopts the declaratory orders
segment of the Uniform Rules on Agency Procedure which are printed in the first
volume of the Iowa Administrative Code with the following amendments:
205—4.1(17A) Petition for declaratory order. In
lieu of the words “(designate agency)”, the text should read
“board of parole”. In lieu of the words “(designate
office)”, the text should read “Board of Parole, Holmes Murphy
Building, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des Moines, Iowa 50309”.
In lieu of the words “(AGENCY NAME)”, the heading
on the petition form should read “BEFORE THE BOARD OF PAROLE OF THE STATE
OF IOWA”.
205—4.2(17A) Notice of petition. In lieu of the
words “(designate agency)”, the text should read “board of
parole”.
205—4.3(17A) Intervention.
4.3(1) In lieu of the words “____ days”,
the text should read “20 days”.
4.3(2) In lieu of the words “(designate
agency)”, the text should read “the board of
parole”.
4.3(3) In lieu of the words “(designate
office)”, the text should read “Board of Parole, Holmes Murphy
Building, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–1638”.
In lieu of the words “(designate agency)”, the text should read
“board of parole”. In lieu of the words “(AGENCY
NAME)”, the text should read “BEFORE THE BOARD OF PAROLE OF THE
STATE OF IOWA”.
205—4.4(17A) Briefs. In lieu of the words
“(designate agency)”, the text should read “board of
parole”.
205—4.5(17A) Inquiries. In lieu of the words
“(designate official by full title and address)”, the text should
read “the Executive Director of the Board of Parole, Holmes Murphy
Building, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des Moines, Iowa 50309”.
205—4.6(17A) Service and filing of petitions and
other papers.
4.6(2) Filing—when required. In lieu of the
words “(specify office and address)”, the text should read
“Board of Parole, Holmes Murphy Building, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des
Moines, Iowa 50309–1638”. In lieu of the words “(agency
name)”, the text should read “board of parole”.
4.6(3) Method of service, time of filing, and proof of
mailing. Method of service, time of filing and proof of mailing shall be as
provided in the contested cases segment of the Uniform Rules on Agency
Procedure.
205—4.7(17A) Consideration. In lieu of the
words “(designate agency)”, the text should read “board of
parole”.
205—4.8(17A) Action on petition.
4.8(1) In lieu of the words “(designate agency
head)”, the text should read “chairperson of the board of
parole”.
4.8(2) The date of issuance of an order or of a
refusal to issue an order is as defined in the contested cases segment of the
Uniform Rules on Agency Procedure.
205—4.9(17A) Refusal to issue order. In lieu of
the words “(designate agency)”, the text should read “board of
parole”.
205—4.12(17A) Effect of a declaratory order. In
lieu of the words “(designate agency)”, the text should read
“board of parole”.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
CHAPTER 5
FAIR INFORMATION PRACTICES
The board of parole hereby adopts by reference, with the
following exceptions and amendments, the Uniform Rules on Agency Procedure
relating to public records and fair information practices which are printed in
the first volume of the Iowa Administrative Code.
205—5.1(17A,22) Definitions. As used in this
chapter:
“Agency” means the board of parole.
“Confidential records” means records, as defined
under Iowa Code sections 22.7, 22.8, 904.601, 904.602 and 904.603, which are not
disclosed to members of the public except by court order. This includes records
which the board is prohibited by law from making available for inspection by
members of the public and those exempt records which the board has determined
not to disclose to members of the public.
“Open records” means those records which are not
authorized or required to be kept confidential under Iowa Code section 22.7,
22.8, 904.601, or 904.602 or any other provision of the law.
205—5.2(17A,22) Statement of policy. The
purpose of this chapter is to facilitate broad public access to open records.
It also seeks to facilitate sound agency determinations with respect to the
handling of confidential records and the implementation of the fair information
practices Act. This agency is committed to the policies set forth in Iowa Code
chapter 22. Agency staff shall cooperate with members of the public in
implementing the provisions of that chapter.
205—5.3(17A,22) Requests for access to
records.
5.3(1) Location of record. A request for access to a
record should be directed to the office where the record is kept.Records of
current inmates, work releasees and parolees are maintained in the office of the
Board of Parole, Holmes Murphy Building, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309–1638, (515)242–5757.
5.3(2) Office hours. Open records shall be made
available during all customary office hours, which are 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.,
Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays.
5.3(3) Request for access. Requests for access to
records may be made in writing, in person, or by telephone if the request is for
open record information. Requests shall identify the particular records sought
by name or description in order to facilitate the location of the record. Mail
requests shall include the name, address and telephone number of the person
requesting the information. A person shall not be required to give a reason for
requesting an open record.
5.3(4) Response to requests. The custodian is
authorized to grant or deny access to the record according to the provisions of
Iowa Code chapter 22, Iowa Code sections 904.601, 904.602, and 904.603 and this
chapter. The decision to grant or deny access may be delegated to one or more
designated employees. Unless the size or nature of the request requires time
for compliance, the agency shall comply with the request as soon as practicable.
However, access to such a record may be delayed for one of the purposes
authorized by Iowa Code section 22.8(4) or 22.10(4) or for good cause. The
agency shall promptly inform the requester of the reason for the delay. A
request to review a confidential record shall be in writing and shall enumerate
the specific grounds justifying access to the confidential record and shall
provide any proof necessary to establish relevant facts prior to receiving
access to the record.
5.3(7) Fees.
c. Supervisory fee. An hourly fee may be charged for actual
agency expenses in supervising the examination and copying of requested records
when the supervision time required is in excess of five minutes. That hourly
fee shall not be in excess of the hourly wage of an agency employee who
ordinarily would be appropriate and suitable to perform this supervisory
function.
205—5.5(17A,22) Requests for treatment of a record
as a confidential record and its withholding from examination.
5.5(5) Request granted or deferred. If a request for
confidential record treatment is granted, or if action on such a request is
deferred, a copy of the record from which the matter in question has been
deleted and a copy of the decision to grant the request or to defer action upon
the request will be placed in the agency’s public file in lieu of the
original record. If the agency subsequently receives a request for access to
the original record, the agency will make reasonable and timely efforts to
notify any person who has filed a request for its treatment as a confidential
record.
205—5.6(17A,22) Procedure by which additions,
dissents or objections may be entered into certain records. Except as
otherwise provided by law, a person may file a request with the custodian to
review, and to have a written statement of additions, dissents, or objections
entered into, a record containing personally identifiable information pertaining
to that person. However, this does not authorize a person who is the subject of
such a record to alter the original copy of that record or to expand the
official record of any agency proceeding. Requester shall send the request to
review such a record or the written statement of additions, dissents, or
objections to the custodian or to Board of Parole, Holmes Murphy Building, 420
Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–1698. The request to
review such a record or the written statement of such a record of
additions, dissents, or objections must be dated and signed by the requester,
and shall include the current address and telephone number of the
requester or the requester’s representative.
205—5.7(17A,22) Consensual disclosure of
confidential records.
5.7(1) Consent to disclose by a subject individual.
To the extent allowed by law, the subject may consent in writing to agency
disclosure of confidential records as provided in rule 5.4(17A,22).
5.7(2) Complaints to public officials. A letter from
a subject of a confidential record to a public official which seeks the
official’s intervention on behalf of the subject in a matter that involves
the agency may, to the extent permitted by law, be treated as an authorization
to release sufficient information about the subject to the official to resolve
the matter.
5.7(3) Obtaining information from a third party. The
board is required to obtain information to assist in making decisions regarding
classification, programming, security and administrative management. Requests
to third parties for this information may involve the release of confidential
information about individuals. Except as provided by law, the board may make
these requests only when the individual has authorized the release.
205—5.9(17A,22) Routine use. To the extent
allowed by law, the following uses are considered routine uses of all
rec–ords:
5.9(1) Disclosure to those officers, employees, and
agents of the agency who have a need for the record in the performance of their
duties. The custodian of the record may, upon request of any officer or
employee, or on the custodian’s own initiative, determine what constitutes
legitimate need to use confidential records.
5.9(2) Disclosure of information indicating an
apparent violation of the law to appropriate law enforcement authorities for
investigation and possible criminal prosecution, civil court action, or
regulatory order.
5.9(3) Disclosure to the department of inspections and
appeals for matters in which it is performing services or functions on behalf of
the agency.
5.9(4) Transfers of information within the agency, to
other state agencies, or to units of local government as appropriate to
administer the program for which the information is collected.
5.9(5) Information released to staff of federal and
state entities for audit purposes or for purposes of determining whether the
agency is operating a program lawfully.
5.9(6) Any disclosure specifically authorized by the
statute under which the record was collected or maintained.
205—5.10(17A,22) Disclosures without the consent of
the subject.
5.10(1) Open records are routinely disclosed without
the consent of the subject.
5.10(2) To the extent allowed by law, disclosure of
confidential records may occur without the consent of the subject. Following
are instances when disclosure, if lawful, will generally occur without notice to
the subject:
a. For a routine use as permitted by law and in the particular
record system.
b. To a recipient who has provided the agency with advance
written assurance that the record will be used solely as a statistical research
or reporting record, provided that the record is transferred in a form that does
not identify the subject.
c. To another government agency or to an instrumentality of
any governmental jurisdiction within or under the control of the United States
for a civil or criminal law enforcement activity if the activity is authorized
by law, and if the head of such government agency or instrumentality has
submitted a written request to the agency specifying the record desired and the
law enforcement activity for which the record is sought.
d. To an individual pursuant to a showing of compelling
circumstances affecting the health or safety of any individual if a notice of
the disclosure is transmitted to the last–known address of the
subject.
e. To the legislative fiscal bureau under Iowa Code section
2.52.
f. Disclosures in the course of employee disciplinary
proceedings.
g. In response to a court order or subpoena.
205—5.11(17A,22) Release to subject.
5.11(1) The subject of a confidential record may file
a written request to review confidential records about that person. However,
the board need not release the following rec–ords to the
subject:
a. The identity of a person providing information to the
agency need not be disclosed directly or indirectly to the subject of the
information when the information is authorized to be held confidential pursuant
to Iowa Code sections 22.7(18) and 904.602.
b. Records need not be disclosed to the subject when they are
the work product of an attorney or are otherwise privileged.
c. Peace officers’ investigative reports may be withheld
from the subject, except as required by the Iowa Code.
d. As otherwise authorized by law.
5.11(2) When a record has multiple subjects with
interest in the confidentiality of the record, the board may take reasonable
steps to protect confidential information relating to another subject.
205—5.12(17A,22) Availability of
records.
5.12(1) Open records. Board records are open for
public inspection and copying unless otherwise prohibited by current rule or
law.
5.12(2) Confidential records. The following records
may be kept confidential. Records are listed by category, according to the
legal basis for withholding them from public inspection.
a. Sealed bids received prior to the time set for public
opening of bids; (Iowa Code section 72.3)
b. Tax records made available to the agency; (Iowa Code
sections 422.17, 422.20)
c. Minutes of closed meetings of a government body; (Iowa Code
section 21.5(4))
d. Identifying details in final orders, decisions and opinions
to the extent required to prevent a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal
privacy or trade secrets under Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)(d);
e. Those portions of agency staff manuals, instructions, or
other statements issued which set forth criteria or guidelines to be used by
agency staff in auditing, in making inspections, in settling commercial disputes
or negotiating commercial arrangements, or in the selection or handling of
cases, such as operational tactics or allowable tolerance or criteria for the
defense, prosecution or settlement of cases, when disclosure of these statements
would:
(1) Enable law violators to avoid detection;
(2) Facilitate disregard of requirements imposed by law;
or
(3) Give a clearly improper advantage to persons who are in an
adverse position to the agency; (Iowa Code section 22.7)
f. Records which constitute attorney work product
orattorney–client communications, or which are otherwise privileged.
Attorney work product is confidential under Iowa Code sections 22.7(4), 622.10
and 622.11, Iowa Rule of Civil Procedure 1.503(3), Federal Rule of Civil
Procedure 26(b)(3), and case law. Attorney–client communications are
confidential under Iowa Code sections 622.10 and 622.11, the rules of evidence,
the Code of Professional Responsibility and case law;
g. Other records made confidential by law.
205—5.13(17A,22) Personally identifiable
information.
5.13(1) This rule describes the nature and extent of
personally identifiable information which is collected, maintained and retrieved
by the agency by personal identifier in record systems as defined in this rule.
For each record system, this rule describes the legal authority for the
collection of that information, the means of storage of that information and
indicates whether a data processing system matches, collates, or permits the
comparison of personally identifiable information in one record system with
personally identifiable information in another record system.
5.13(2) Litigation files. These files or records
contain information regarding litigation or anticipated litigation, which
includes judicial and administrative proceedings. The records include briefs,
depositions, docket sheets, documents, correspondence, attorney notes,
memoranda, research materials, witness information, investigation materials,
information compiled under the direction of the attorney and case management
records. The files contain materials which are confidential as attorney work
product andattorney–client communications. Some materials are
confidential under other applicable provisions of law or because of a court
order. Persons wishing copies of pleadings and other documents filed in
litigation should obtain these from the clerk of the appropriate court which
maintains the official copy.
5.13(3) Personnel files. The agency maintains files
containing information about employees, families and dependents, and applicants
for positions with the agency. The files include payroll records, biographical
information, medical information relating to disability, performance reviews and
evaluations, disciplinary information, and informationrequired for tax
withholding information concerning theemployer–employee relationship.
Some of this information is confidential under Iowa Code section
22.7(11).
205—5.14(17A,22) Other groups of records available
for public inspection—policies and procedures (excluding security),
meeting minutes. This rule describes groups of records maintained by the
board other than record systems as previously defined. These records are
routinely available to the public. However, the board’s file of these
records may contain confidential information, as discussed in rule 5.12(17A,22).
The following records are stored both as hard copy and in automated data
processing systems unless otherwise noted.
5.14(1) Rule–making records. Rule–making
records may contain information about individuals making written or oral
comments on proposed rules. This information is collected pursuant to Iowa Code
section 17A.4.
5.14(2) Board meeting records. Agendas, minutes and
materials presented to the board are available from the office of the director
except those records concerning closed sessions which are exempt from disclosure
under Iowa Code section 21.5(4), or which are otherwise confidential by law.
Board meeting records contain information about people who participate in
meetings. The information is collected pursuant to Iowa Code section 21.3.
This information is not retrieved by individual identifier.
5.14(3) Publications. News releases, annual reports,
project reports, board newsletters, and related documents are available from the
board office. Board news releases, project reports, and newsletters may contain
information about individuals, including board staff or members of the board
councils or committees. This information is not retrieved by individual
identifier.
5.14(4) Statistical reports. Periodic reports of the
board for various board programs are available from the board office.
Statistical reports do not contain personally identifiable
information.
5.14(5) Grants. Records on persons receiving grants
for various projects or programs are available through the office of the
executive director. These records may contain information about employees or a
grantee. This information is not retrieved by individual identifier and is not
stored on an automated data processing system. The information is collected
under the authority of Iowa Code chapter 904.
5.14(6) Published materials. The board uses many
legal and technical publications in its work. The public may inspect these
publications upon request. Some of these materials may be protected by
copyright law. These records are hard copy only.
5.14(7) Policy manuals. The board employees’
manual, containing procedures describing the board’s regulations and
practices, is available. Subscriptions to all or part of the employees’
manual are available at the cost of production and handling. Requests for
subscription information should be addressed to the board office. Policy
manuals do not contain information about individuals.
5.14(8) Other records. All other records that are not
exempted from disclosure by law are available from the board office.
205—5.15(17A,22) Applicability. This chapter
does not:
5.15(1) Require the agency to index or retrieve
records which contain information about individuals by that person’s name
or other personal identifier.
5.15(2) Make available to the general public records
which would otherwise not be available under the public rec–ords law, Iowa
Code chapter 22.
5.15(3) Govern the maintenance or disclosure of,
notification of, or access to records in the possession of the agency which are
governed by the regulations of another agency.
5.15(4) Apply to grantees, including local governments
or subdivisions thereof, administering state–funded programs, unless
otherwise provided by law or agreement.
5.15(5) Make available records compiled by the agency
in reasonable anticipation of court litigation or formal administrative
proceedings. The availability of such records to the general public or to any
subject individual or party to such litigation or proceedings shall be governed
by applicable legal and constitutional principles, rules of discovery,
evidentiary privileges and applicable regulations of the agency.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 22.11
and chapter 17A.
CHAPTER 6
PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS AND RECORDS
205—6.1(22) General. The public may obtain
information or make submissions to the board through the business
office.
205—6.2(22) Communications from persons other than
victims.
6.2(1) Written communication preferred. The board
requests that all communications by a person other than a victim, as defined in
rule 205—7.1(915), concerning an inmate, parolee, or work releasee be in
writing so that the communication may readily be made a permanent part of the
case file. Oral communications concerning an inmate, parolee, or work releasee
by a person other than a victim will be heard only with the consent of the
board.
6.2(2) Disclosure to inmate. The board shall place a
written communication concerning an inmate, parolee, or work releasee in the
case file. The board shall inform an inmate, parolee, or work releasee when a
communication adverse to the inmate, parolee, or work releasee will be
considered in making a parole or work release decision and shall disclose to the
inmate, parolee, or work releasee the substance of any opinion regarding the
inmate’s, parolee’s, or work releasee’s status unless
withholding the information is requested by the person providing the statement
or oral communication and the board determines that the release of the
information would endanger the public’s safety.
205—6.3(22) Examination of board
records.
6.3(1) General. The public may examine and copy board
public records pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 22 at the board’s business
office. An individual wishing to examine or copy a record must schedule an
appointment with the board’s business office a minimum of three working
days prior to the date on which the individual will review the information in
question. When making the appointment, the requesting party shall specifically
indicate the information desired. Complete inmate files will not be released
except by court order. When photocopies of documents or copies of audiotapes or
videotapes are provided, the board may require the requester to pay the cost of
the copies plus a reasonable charge for copying. These charges are to be
determined by the lawful custodian. The board may refer anyone requesting
information which has been generated by a source outside the board to the agency
or individual which generated the information.
6.3(2) Lawful custodian. The board shall designate
the chairperson or the chairperson’s designee as the lawful custodian of
the records who shall be responsible for implementing the board’s rules
regarding disclosure of publicrecords and coordination of staff in this regard
and generally ensuring compliance by the staff with public records disclosure
requirements.
205—6.4(904) Disclosure of information regarding
inmates and parolees.
6.4(1) Public information. The following information
regarding individuals receiving services from the department of corrections or a
district department is public information and may be disclosed by the board to
anyone who requests the information, except that information shall be limited to
the offense for which an individual was last convicted:
a. Name.
b. Age and date of birth.
c. Sex.
d. Status (for example, inmate, parolee, or
probationer).
e. Location, except home street address.
f. Duration of supervision.
g. Offense or offenses for which the individual was placed
under supervision.
h. County of commitment.
i. Arrest and detention orders.
j. Physical description.
k. Type of services received, except medical, psychiatric,
psychological, substance abuse, gambling and sex offender treatment
information.
l. Disciplinary reports and decisions which have been referred
to the county attorney from prosecutor for prosecution, and the following
information from all other disciplinary reports:
(1) The name of the subject of the investigation.
(2) The alleged infraction involved.
(3) The finding of fact and the penalty, if any, imposed as a
result of the infraction.
m. Inmate risk assessment score.
6.4(2) Confidential information regarding inmates and
parolees. The following information regarding individuals receiving services
from the department of corrections or a district department is confidential
information and shall not be disclosed to the public:
a. Home street address of the individual receiving services or
of that individual’s family.
b. Department evaluations.
c. Medical, psychiatric, psychological, substance abuse
treatment, gambling and sex offender treatment information.
d. Names of associates or accomplices.
e. Name of employer.
f. Social security number.
g. Prior criminal history including information on offenses
when no conviction occurred.
h. Family and personal history.
i. Financial information.
j. Information from disciplinary reports and investigations
other than identified in subrule 6.4(1).
k. Investigations by the department of corrections or other
agencies which are contained in the individual’s file.
l. Department of corrections committee records containing
confidential information.
m. Presentence investigations as provided under Iowa Code
chapter 901.
n. Pretrial information that is not otherwise available in
public court records or proceedings.
o. Correspondence directed to the board or the department of
corrections from an individual’s family, victims, or employers of a
personal or confidential nature as determined by the board or the
department.
p. Communications to the board by members of the public other
than public officials to the extent that the board believes that those members
of the public would be discouraged from making the communications if the
communications were available for general public examination.
q. Victim registrations pursuant to 205—Chapter 7. A
record containing information which is both public and confidential which is
reasonably segregable shall not be confidential after deletion of the
confidential information.
6.4(3) The board may disclose confidential information
described in subrule 6.4(2) as follows:
a. The board may release statistical information which does
not identify particular individuals.
b. The board may disclose information to the department of
corrections; district departments; public officials for use in connection with
their duties relating to law enforcement, audits, and other purposes directly
connected with the administration of their programs; and public and private
agencies providing services to individuals. Those receiving information shall
be subject to the same standards as the board in dissemination and
redissemination of information.
c. The board may disclose information when necessary for civil
or criminal court proceedings pursuant to court order. The board may seek to
have the court limit disclosure of confidential information.
d. The board shall give a supervised individual or former
supervised individual access to the individual’s own records in the
custody of the board, except for those records that could result in physical or
psychological harm to the individual or others, and disciplinary reports. Upon
written authorization by a supervised individual or former supervised
individual, the board may release information to any party included in the
written release. This information is restricted to that which the individual
can obtain.
205—6.5(904A) Inmate requests regarding risk
assessment score. An inmate may request information from the board of
parole regarding the inmate’s risk assessment score. However, because an
inmate’s risk assessment score will not change unless the inmate is
released from and later returned to prison, the board shall not be required to
respond to more than one request regarding risk assessment score per commitment
to prison from each inmate.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 22 and
sections 904.601, 904.602, and 904A.4.
CHAPTER 7
VICTIM NOTIFICATION
205—7.1(915) Definitions.
“Notification” means mailing by regular mail or
provid–ing for hand delivery of appropriate information or papers.
However, this notification procedure does not prohibit the board from also
providing appropriate information to a registered victim by telephone.
“Parole interview” means an interview conducted by
the board to consider an inmate’s prospects for parole pursuant to Iowa
Code section 906.5.
“Registered” means having provided the county
attorney with the victim’s written request for registration and current
mailing address and telephone number, and having been approved by said county
attorney.
“Victim” means a person who has suffered physical,
emotional, or financial harm as the result of a public offense, other than a
simple misdemeanor, committed in this state. The term also includes the
immediate family members of a victim who died or was rendered incompetent as a
result of the offense or who was under 18 years of age at the time of the
offense.
“Violent crime” means a forcible felony, as
defined in Iowa Code section 702.11, and includes any other felony or aggravated
misdemeanor which involved the actual or threatened infliction of physical or
emotional injury on one or more persons.
205—7.2(915) Victim registration. A victim may
register by filing a written request–for–registration form with the
county attorney. The county attorney shall notify the victim in writing and
advise the victim of the victim’s registration and rights. The county
attorney shall provide the appropriate offices, agencies, and departments,
including the board, with a registered victim list. The board shall determine
if an individual will be accepted as a registered victim. This determination
shall be based solely upon criteria set out in the Iowa Code. A registered
victim is responsible for keeping the victim’s address and telephone
number current with the board in order to ensure timely notification.
205—7.3(915) Victim notification. The board
shall notify a registered victim of a violent crime not less than 20 days prior
to conducting a hearing at which the board will interview the inmate, and shall
inform the victim that the victim may submit the victim’s opinion
concerning the release of the inmate in writing prior to
the hearing, or may appear personally or by counsel at the hearing to express an
opinion concerning the inmate’s release.
205—7.4(915) Notification of decision. Whether
or not the victim appears at the hearing or expresses an opinion concerning the
offender’s release on parole, the board shall notify the victim of the
board’s decision regarding release of the offender.
205—7.5(915) Written opinions concerning release.
A registered victim may submit a written opinion concerning the release of
the inmate at any time by mailing the opinion to the business office. The
written opinion shall be made a permanent part of the inmate’s file and
shall be reviewed when the board considers the inmate’s prospects for
parole.
205—7.6(915) Appearances at parole
interviews.
7.6(1) A registered victim of a violent crime may
appear personally or by counsel at a parole interview to express an opinion
concerning the release of the inmate.
7.6(2) If a registered victim of a violent crime
intends to appear at a parole interview, the victim must comply with the rules
of the department of corrections that require a visitor to a state institution
to give prior notice of the intended visit and to receive approval for the
visit.
7.6(3) A registered victim of a violent crime, or
victim’s counsel, shall appear at the institution at the time set forth in
the notice of parole interview. The victim or counsel shall inform
institutional personnel of the purpose of the appearance. Institutional
personnel shall coordinate the appearance of the victim or victim’s
counsel with the board. At the appearance, the board shall permit the victim or
victim’s counsel to express an opinion concerning the release of the
inmate.
205—7.7(915) Disclosure of victim information.
Information regarding a registered victim, as well as the existence of a
registered victim in a particular case, is confidential and shall not be
disclosed to the public. A victim’s registration, and the substance of
any opinion submitted by the victim regarding the inmate’s release, may be
disclosed to the inmate at the discretion of the board.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
915.
CHAPTER 8
PAROLE AND WORK RELEASE
CONSIDERATIONS
205—8.1(906) Purpose of parole and work release
considerations. The board shall determine whether there is reasonable
probability that an inmate committed to the custody of the department of
corrections who is eligible for parole or work release can be released without
detriment to the community or the inmate. The board shall consider the best
interests of society and shall not grant parole or work release as an award of
clemency.
205—8.2(906) Parole and work release
eligibility.
8.2(1) Mandatory sentences. The board shall not grant
parole to an inmate serving a mandatory minimum sentence. The board shall not
grant work release to an inmate serving a mandatory minimum sentence unless the
inmate is within six months of completing the mandatory minimum portion of the
sentence. A parole or work release granted contrary to this rule shall be
rescinded. Mandatory sentences are as follows:
a. A life sentence imposed for conviction of a Class
“A” felony pursuant to Iowa Code section 902.1;
b. A mandatory minimum sentence imposed for use of a firearm
pursuant to Iowa Code section 902.7;
c. A mandatory minimum sentence imposed for violation of
uniform controlled substance provisions pursuant to Iowa Code section 124.406 or
124.413;
d. A mandatory minimum sentence imposed for being an habitual
offender pursuant to Iowa Code section 902.8;
e. A mandatory minimum sentence imposed for a prior forcible
felony pursuant to Iowa Code section 902.11.
8.2(2) Parole and work release while on patient
status. Generally, the board will not grant parole or work release to an inmate
on patient status.
8.2(3) Parole to detainer. The board may grant parole
to an inmate against whom a detainer has been placed by another state.
Generally, the board will not parole an inmate to a detainer that is solely for
prosecution.
8.2(4) Parole to other states. The board may grant
parole to another state pursuant to the provisions of the interstate parole and
probation compact set forth in Iowa Code chapter 907A.
205—8.3(904A) Inmate orientation.
Reserved.
205—8.4(906) Prior forcible felony mandatory minimum
sentence. The board shall deny parole or work release to an inmate who is
serving a mandatory minimum sentence pursuant to Iowa Code section
902.11.
205—8.5(904A) Risk assessment. The board shall
assess the risk of an inmate committed to the custody of the department of
corrections. The board shall utilize a risk assessment instrument approved by
the board by resolution.
205—8.6(906) Parole and work release
considerations.
8.6(1) Case reviews. The board may review the records
of an inmate committed to the custody of the department of corrections and
consider the inmate’s prospects for parole or work release at any time.
The board shall notify an inmate only if the inmate is granted parole or work
release, except as provided in 8.16(3).
8.6(2) Interviews. The board may interview an inmate
committed to the custody of the department of corrections at any time.
8.6(3) The board shall review the status of each
inmate as directed by the Iowa Code, and shall provide the inmate with notice of
its parole or work release decision. After an inmate has been granted work
release, the board shall review the inmate’s status at least annually from
the date of the decision to grant work release.
8.6(4) Class “A” felons, and Class
“B” felons serving a sentence of more than 25 years, are excepted
from the annual review requirement of 8.6(3).
8.6(5) Inmates serving a mandatory minimum sentence
are excepted from the annual review requirements of 8.6(3) until such time as
the mandatory minimum has expired.
8.6(6) Department–initiated review. The
department of corrections may recommend an inmate for parole or work release
consideration at any time. The board shall discuss such a recommendation with
department staff during the next regularly scheduled board session involving the
institution where the inmate in question is incarcerated. The board may, at its
discretion, interview the inmate prior to acting upon the recommendation of the
department of corrections staff.
205—8.7(906) Parole and work release information.
The board shall notify the department of corrections or a district
department when an inmate is to be considered for parole or work release. The
receipt of notice by the department of corrections or the district department
shall constitute a request for updated information on the inmate. The
board shall request information required for parole or work release decision
making. The department of corrections or the district department shall furnish
updated information to the board.
205—8.8(906) Interview notice. The board or the
board’s designee shall notify an inmate to be interviewed for parole or
work release consideration of the time and purpose of the interview. Notice
given to the department of corrections shall be considered notice to the inmate.
Not less than 20 days prior to the interview, the board shall also notify the
department of corrections of the scheduling of the interview, and the department
shall make the inmate available to the board at the inmate’s institutional
residence as scheduled in the notice. However, if health, safety, or security
conditions require moving the inmate to another institution or facility prior to
the scheduled interview, the department of corrections shall so notify the
board.
205—8.9(906) Continuance. The board may
reschedule or continue a parole or work release interview upon its own motion or
upon a showing of good cause, as determined by the board.
205—8.10(906) Factors considered in parole and work
release decision.
8.10(1) The board may consider the following factors
and others deemed relevant to the parole or work release decision:
a. Previous criminal record;
b. Nature and circumstances of the offense;
c. Recidivism record;
d. Convictions or behavior indicating a propensity for
violence;
e. Participation in institutional programs, including academic
and vocational training;
f. Psychiatric and psychological evaluations;
g. Length of time served;
h. Evidence of serious or habitual institutional
misconduct;
i. Success or failure while on probation;
j. Prior parole or work release history;
k. Prior refusal to accept parole or work release;
l. History of drug or alcohol use;
m. A parole plan formulated by the inmate;
n. General attitude and behavior while incarcerated;
o. Risk assessment.
8.10(2) Psychological and psychiatric evaluations.
The board may request a complete psychiatric or psychological evaluation of an
inmate whenever, in the opinion of the board, it would be beneficial to the
board’s decision. The board shall routinely request an evaluation of an
inmate convicted of a crime involving sexual abuse or personal violence, or of
an inmate who has committed assaults or violent acts while
incarcerated.
205—8.11(906) Information disclosure to inmate.
The board shall normally consider only information that has been reviewed by the
inmate, except when the board deems such review not feasible. The information
shall be considered only if the following safeguards are followed:
8.11(1) The staff of the department of corrections
shall discuss the information with the inmate and disclose to the inmate any
factual allegations if the disclosure can be done in a manner that protects
confidential sources.
Factual allegations shall include but not be limited
to:
a. Any statements attributed to the inmate;
b. Any allegations of criminal or antisocial behavior with or
without court conviction from within or without the institution;
c. Any allegations of threats made by the inmate;
d. Any allegations of drug addiction or alcoholism;
e. Any allegations regarding family history, employment or
education;
f. Disciplinary record at the institution.
8.11(2) If any information from outside institutions
under the supervision of the department of corrections is to be considered by
the board, and it is necessary to protect the source, the inmate shall be
informed of at least the following:
a. The general substance of the information;
b. The number of communications;
c. The type of communications.
The inmate shall be given the opportunity to respond to
information.
8.11(3) The inmate’s reports from institutions
under the supervision of the department of corrections, including reception
reports, progress reports, medical reports, and social information or reports,
should, to the extent possible, be structured so as to separate opinion from
factual information. The factual information shall be made available for review
by the inmate; opinion information shall be confidential. Psychiatric or
psychological test results or diagnoses shall be deemed confidential.
205—8.12(906) Interview procedure. The board or
board panel shall interview the inmate and consider the inmate’srecords
with respect to history, current situation, parole and work release prospects,
and other pertinent matters. The board or board panel shall give the inmate
ample opportunity to express views and present materials.
205—8.13(906) Case review procedure. The board
or board panel may consider the inmate’s records and other information
with respect to history, current situation, parole and work release prospects,
and other pertinent matters. A case review may take place at any time and is in
addition to any other required review.
205—8.14(906) Conduct at parole
proceedings.
8.14(1) Parole proceedings shall be open to the public
except as otherwise necessary or proper.
8.14(2) Conduct of inmate.
a. Conduct of the inmate shall be in a manner consistent with
decorum appropriate for a participant in a public meeting of a governmental
body.
b. An inmate may not orally or otherwise communicate with
spectators or others present at the parole proceeding except as permitted by the
panel or board.
c. The inmate shall speak to the panel or board or counselor
only when asked a question or directed otherwise to do so.
d. Each inmate will be given an opportunity to make an
independent statement to the panel or board at some point during the parole
proceeding. The panel or board may limit this statement in any manner as to
topic or time. Specifically subject to this limitation will be persons who have
no realistic grounds to believe a parole will be granted, i.e., those with
mandatory minimum sentences, those serving life terms, or those having served
short times relative to the severity of their crimes and length of their
sentences.
e. Failure to comply with the direction of the panel or board
in limiting statements, in communicating with persons present at the parole
proceeding, or any absence of decorum which could disrupt or delay the
proceeding may, at the discretion of the board, result in a forfeiture of the
right to an interview, and a request by the board to have the institutional
staff remove the inmate.
f. An inmate who forfeits the right to an interview for
reasons under 8.14(2)“e” or for any other reason shall not be
interviewed again until the inmate’s next annual review, or until such
earlier time as determined by the board, except that the inmate may request an
earlier interview. The request is to be made through the board liaison officer,
the counselor or other institutional staff member, or the ombudsman, together
with assurance by the inmate that no repeat of the offending conduct or other
offending conduct will occur. A reinterview is subject to the discretion of the
panel or board.
8.14(3) Conduct of spectators.
a. Spectators may not participate in the parole proceedings.
The number of spectators will be limited by the number of seats provided. Only
board staff or institutional staff will be allowed to stand during the
interviews or between interviews, except during breaks of the panel or board or
as necessary to enter and leave during times designated by the panel or board.
An exception will be made for television camera operators.
b. Spectators may not enter or leave the room during
interviews or between interviews, except that the board or panel will designate
times when persons may enter and leave. This will be done at reasonable
intervals, and may be between interviews even though the board or panel does not
take a break.
c. Entering and leaving the interview room before and after
the interview sessions and during breaks in the interview sessions shall be
subject to the restrictions imposed by the staff of the institution at which the
session is being held.
d. Spectators shall make no utterances which are intended to
be or can be heard by the inmate or the panel. This includes any conversation
among spectators.
e. Spectators shall conduct themselves in a manner consistent
with decorum appropriate for a public meeting of a governmental body.
f. Any activity deemed inappropriate by the panel or
institutional staff under the guidelines in the rules may result in a request by
the panel or institutional staff for the offending party or parties to leave.
Warnings for inadvertent or minor misconduct may or may not be given the first
time it occurs and any subsequent offending activity will result in a request to
leave. Refusal to leave upon request will result in a request by the panel to
have the person or persons removed by the institutional staff.
All spectator places shall be on a first–come,
first–served basis in accordance with the rules of the institution or the
department of corrections.
g. A spectator who leaves during a time designated for
entering or leaving or during a short break by the panel may retain a place if
the person returns at the next time designated for that purpose. A person does
not retain a place at the hearing over breaks taken for lunch, dinner, or
overnight.
8.14(4) Conduct of the media.
a. General. Broadcasting, televising, recording and
photographing will be permitted in the interview room during open sessions of
the board or panel, including recesses between sessions, under the following
conditions:
(1) Permission first shall have been granted by the
institution or department of corrections, which may prescribe conditions and
restrictions for bringing equipment into areas of the institution.
(2) Media coverage of any proceeding which is held in closed
session under Iowa law is prohibited.
(3) The quantity and types of equipment permitted in the
interview room shall be subject to the discretion of the panel or board within
the guidelines in these rules, and subject to the permission of the institution
or department of corrections.
(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of any of these procedural
or technical rules, the panel or board may permit the use of other equipment
provided the application for variance is made in advance. Ruling upon the
variance application shall be in the discretion of the panel or board, subject
to permission of the institution or department of corrections to bring in or
move equipment.
(5) The panel or board may limit or terminate photographic or
electronic media coverage of any or all media participants at any time during
the proceedings in the event the panel or board finds that rules in this chapter
or additional rules imposed by the institution or department of corrections have
been violated.
(6) The rights of motion picture and electronic coverage
provided herein may be exercised only by persons or organizations which are part
of the news media, except that individuals may use sound tape
recorders.
b. Advance notice of coverage. All requests by
representatives of the news media to use television cameras or electronic sound
recording equipment in the interview room shall be made to the institution in
accordance with department of corrections rules.
c. Equipment specifications. Equipment to be used by the
media or public in interview rooms or meeting rooms during interview proceedings
or board meetings held at the institutions must be unobtrusive and must not
produce distracting sound. In addition, the equipment must satisfy the
following criteria, where applicable:
(1) Still cameras. Still cameras and lenses must be
unobtrusive, without distracting light or sound.
(2) Television cameras and related equipment. Television
cameras are to be electronic and, together with any related equipment to be
located in the interview room, must be unobtrusive in both size and appearance,
without distracting sound or light. Television cameras are to be designed or
modified so that participants in the parole interview being covered are unable
to determine when recording is occurring.
(3) Audio equipment. Microphones, wiring and audio recording
equipment shall be unobtrusive and shall be of adequate technical quality to
prevent interference with the proceeding being covered. Any changes in existing
audio systems must be approved by the panel or board. No modifications of
existing systems shall be made at public expense.
(4) Advance approval. It shall be the duty of media personnel
to demonstrate to the panel or board reasonably in advance of the proceeding
that the equipment sought to be utilized meets the criteria set forth in this
rule. Failure to obtain advance panel or board approval for equipment may
preclude its use in the proceeding. All media equipment and personnel shall be
in place at least 15 minutes prior to the scheduled time of commencement of the
proceeding.
d. Lighting. Other than light sources already existing in the
interview room, no flashbulbs or other artificial light device of any kind shall
be employed in the interview room. With the concurrence of the panel and
institutional staff, however, modifications may be made in light sources
existing in the interview room (e.g., higher wattage light bulbs), provided the
modifications are installed and maintained without public expense.
e. Equipment and pooling. The following limitations on the
amount of equipment and number of photographic and broadcast media personnel in
the interview room shall apply:
(1) Still photography. Not more than two still photographers,
each using not more than two camera bodies and two lenses, shall be permitted in
the interview room at any one time during a parole proceeding.
(2) Television. Not more than two television cameras, each
operated by not more than one camera person, shall be permitted in the interview
room during a parole proceeding. All components must be contained within the
area designated for the camera. Where possible, recording and broadcasting
equipment which is not a component part of a television camera shall be located
outside the interview room.
(3) Audio. Not more than one audio system shall be set up in
the interview room for broadcast coverage of a parole proceeding. Audio pickup
for broadcast coverage shall be accomplished for any existing audio system
present in the interview room, if the pickup would be technically suitable for
broadcast. Where possible, electronic audio recording equipment and any
operating personnel shall be located outside the interview room.
(4) Pooling. Where the above limitations on equipment and
personnel make it necessary, the media shall be required to pool equipment and
personnel. Pooling arrangements shall be the sole responsibility of the media,
and the panel or board shall not be called upon to mediate any dispute as to the
appropriate media representatives authorized to cover a particular parole
proceeding.
f. Location of equipment and personnel. Equipment and
operating personnel shall be located in, and coverage of the proceedings shall
take place from, an area or areas within the interview room designated by the
panel or institutional staff. The area or areas designated shall provide
reasonable access to the proceeding to be covered.
g. Movement during proceedings. Television cameras and audio
equipment may be installed in or removed from the interview room only when the
panel or board is not in session. In addition, the equipment shall at all times
be operated from a fixed position. Still photographers and broadcast media
personnel shall not move about the interview room while proceedings are in
session, nor shall they engage in any movement which attracts undue attention.
Still photographers shall not assume body positions inappropriate for
spectators.
h. Decorum. All still photographers and broadcast media
personnel shall be properly attired and shall maintain decorum appropriate for a
public meeting of a governmental body at all times while covering a parole
proceeding.
205—8.15(906) Parole and work release
decisions.
8.15(1) The board shall grant parole to an inmate on
work release status if at least three members of the board agree that the inmate
can be released without detriment to the community or to the inmate. If three
members do not agree, the board shall deny parole.
8.15(2) The board shall grant parole or work release
to an inmate with a risk assessment score of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 only if at
least three members of the board agree that the inmate can be released without
detriment to the community or to the inmate. If three members do not agree, the
board shall deny parole or work release.
8.15(3) The board shall defer granting parole or work
release to an inmate with a risk assessment score of 7 or 8 and refer the case
to the full board for review. The full board shall grant parole or work release
only if at least four members agree that the inmate can be released without
detriment to the community or to the inmate. If four members do not agree, the
board shall deny parole or work release. If there are not four board members
available due to unfilled vacancies on the board, conflicts of interest of board
members, illness, or other reason, the board chairperson may, upon consultation
with the board, suspend the four–vote requirement and allow parole or work
release to be granted upon three votes.
8.15(4) The board shall defer granting parole or work
release to an inmate with a risk assessment score of 9 and refer the case to the
full board for review. The full board shall grant parole or work release only
if the board members unanimously agree that the inmate can be released without
detriment to the community or to the inmate. If the board members do not
unanimously agree, the board shall deny parole or work release. If any of the
five board members are not available due to unfilled vacancies on the board,
conflicts of interest of board members, illness, or other reason, the board
chairperson may, upon consultation with the board, suspend the five–vote
requirement and allow parole or work release to be granted upon four votes if
one board member is unavailable, or upon three votes if two board members are
unavailable.
8.15(5) The board may determine if an inmate shall be
required to provide a physical specimen to be submitted for DNA profiling as a
condition of parole or work release. The board shall consider the deterrent
effect of DNA profiling, the likelihood of repeated violations by the offender,
and the seriousness of the offense. When funds have been allocated from the
general fund of the state, or funds have been provided by other public or
private sources, the board shall order DNA profiling, if appropriate.
205—8.16(906) Notice of parole and work release
decision.
8.16(1) The board shall give notice of a decision to
grant parole by issuing an order for parole to the facility where the inmate in
question is incarcerated.
8.16(2) The board shall give notice of a decision to
grant work release by issuing an order for work release to the facility where
the inmate in question is incarcerated.
8.16(3) The board shall give notice of a decision to
deny parole or work release by issuing a notice of parole or work release denial
to the facility where the inmate in question is incarcerated.
8.16(4) The board need not disclose a decision to
grant or deny parole or work release to anyone other than the inmate in question
and the facility where the inmate is incarcerated until at least two working
days have elapsed from the date of the decision.
205—8.17(906) Parole authorized following work
release.
8.17(1) The board may, at the time of granting a work
release, grant an offender a parole contingent upon successful completion of
work release. Whenever the board grants a parole contingent upon successful
completion of work release, it shall indicate in the offender’s file any
special conditions for the parole and that the parole is contingent upon
successful completion of work release.
8.17(2) The residential manager shall make a
determination whether the offender has successfully completed the work release.
For the purpose of this rule, successful completion of work release shall mean,
at a minimum, the absence of any violent acts or threats of violence by the
offender from the time the work release was authorized, and either (1) the
offender has completed all board of parole recommended programs, or (2) the
offender has enrolled in all recommended programs not completed and is making
satisfactory progress toward completion and the facility is able to arrange for
continued program participation while the offender is on parole. When an
offender successfully completes the work release program, the residential
manager shall certify that fact to the board in a written or electronic
certification. Upon receipt of the certification, the chairperson or the
chairperson’s designee shall cause a parole order to be issued and
forwarded to the residential facility where a parole agreement will be executed
by the offender with such parole conditions as the board may require in its
original release decision. The parole shall be effective only upon execution of
the parole order and agreement by the parole officer and the parolee, whichever
occurs later. No further action is required by the parole board for said
parole. Before the parole becomes effective, the chairperson or the
chairperson’s designee may refer the case back to the board for further
consideration. Nothing in this rule shall prevent the parole board from
considering revocations of work release or parole for violations of the parole
order, agreement, or any other provision of law, as otherwise provided in the
parole board’s administrative rules.
8.17(3) If the residential manager does not certify
that an offender has successfully completed work release within the
six–month limit established in Iowa Code section 904.904, and if the
offender’s work release has not otherwise been revoked, the
offender’s case shall be reviewed by the board of parole. The board may
grant parole, extend work release, refer the offender back to prison, or take
any other action authorized by law.
8.17(4) The grant of parole contingent upon successful
completion of work release shall comply with subrules 8.15(1) through
8.15(4).
8.17(5) An offender who has been granted a parole
contingent upon successful completion of work release and who fails to
successfully complete work release for whatever reason shall be reviewed for
further release according to the board’s administrative rules.
8.17(6) A parole granted under this rule shall be
administered and supervised according to the board’s administrative rules,
205—Chapters 10 and 11.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 904A
and 906.
CHAPTER 9
PAROLE AND WORK RELEASE
RESCISSION
Reserved
CHAPTER 10
PAROLE AND WORK RELEASE SUPERVISION
205—10.1(906) Release processing. Following the
issuance of an order for parole or work release by the board, the inmate shall
be processed for release pursuant to the rules and procedures of the department
of corrections and the district department.
205—10.2(906) Parole supervision. An inmate
granted parole or work release shall be under the supervision of the department
of corrections, the district department, or a receiving state pursuant to the
interstate probation and parole compact. Parole supervision shall continue
until the expiration of the maximum sentence, subject to early discharge by the
board or the district department.
205—10.3(906) Parole or work release agreement.
A parole or work release agreement containing standard and special
conditions of parole or work release shall be prepared without unreasonable
delay following the board’s issuance of the order for parole or work
release. The parole or work release agreement may provide for a search process
and procedure of the parolee or work releasee. The parole or work release shall
not commence until the inmate has signed the agreement. If the
inmate is on work release status at the time parole is granted, the inmate shall
remain on work release status until the parole agreement is signed. The inmate
shall remain at the residential facility until the parole agreement is
signed.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
906.
CHAPTER 11
PAROLE REVOCATION
205—11.1(906) Voluntary termination of parole.
Any voluntary termination of parole should be executed in writing by the parolee
and approved by the parole officer. Upon the execution of the voluntary
termination of parole, the parolee’s parole is terminated and the parolee
shall be returned to the Iowa Medical and Classification Center at Oakdale as
soon as reasonably possible.
The parole officer shall determine if the parolee shall be
incarcerated prior to the parolee’s return to the Iowa Medical and
Classification Center and shall make arrangements accordingly. The parolee
shall receive credit for the time spent on parole prior to the voluntary
termination of parole.
205—11.2(906) Prerevocation procedures.
Reserved.
205—11.3(908) Revocation initiated. Parole
revocation procedures shall be initiated only as provided by Iowa Code chapter
908, which this rule is intended to implement.
205—11.4(908) Revocation of parole. The board
of parole or its administrative parole judge, for good cause shown, may revoke
any parole previously granted. Good cause for revocation of parole shall
include the violation of a condition or conditions of the parole agreement or
parole plan. Parole revocation procedures, including the parole revocation
hearing, are governed by Iowa Code chapter 17A.
205—11.5(908) Parole violations.
11.5(1) The parole officer shall report to the board
any parolee who is reasonably believed to have engaged in the following types of
behavior:
a. Violation of any federal or state laws, except simple
misdemeanors.
b. Any violent or assaultive conduct.
c. Possession, control or use of any firearms, imitation
firearms, explosives or weapons as defined in federal or state
statutes.
d. Sale, possession, continual or problem use, transportation
or distribution of any narcotic or other controlled substance or excessive use
of alcohol by the parolee.
e. A parolee whose whereabouts are unknown and who has been
unavailable for contact for 30 days, or about whom reliable information has been
received indicating that the parolee is taking flight or absconding.
f. Any behavior indicating that the parolee may be suffering
from a mental disorder which impairs the parolee’s ability to maintain the
parolee in the community or which makes the parolee a danger to the parolee or
others when the mental disorder cannot be adequately treated while the parolee
is in the community.
g. Any other conduct or pattern of conduct in violation of the
conditions of parole deemed sufficiently serious by the parole
officer.
11.5(2) The parole officer or supervisor is authorized
to sanction any other parolee misconduct not required to be reported
above.
205—11.6(908) Parole violation report. The
parole violation report is a document prepared by the parole officer on
a form or medium provided by the board specifying the parole violation
charges against a parolee and containing or referring to information known to
the parole officer relevant to the charges.
11.6(1) Supplemental parole violation report. A
supplemental parole violation report may be submitted to report sufficient new
information or evidence which proves or disproves violations previously charged;
note court action on charges which are being prosecuted in a criminal proceeding
or expand, clarify, or correct information in an earlier report; provide the
board with information not related to the violation but which may affect the
board’s decision regarding the appropriate disposition; and provide
additional requested information to the board at any time or change the
officer’s recommendation. A supplemental report shall be filed upon the
apprehension of a parolee on absconder status.
11.6(2) Recommendations. The parole officer shall
recommend the appropriate disposition necessary to deal with the alleged
violation. In a parole violation report, the parole officer may make the
following recommendations:
a. Continue on parole. This recommendation may be used when a
violation charge is not serious enough to warrant reincarceration. A copy of
the violation report containing a “continue on parole”
recommendation shall be personally delivered and explained to the parolee by the
parole officer, and the parolee shall be given an opportunity to admit the
alleged violations. Admitted violations contained in the report may be used to
adjust time calculations in a later revocation proceeding. In the event that a
dispute arises as to alleged violations, the parolee may request a parole
hearing.
An administrative parole judge shall review the violation
report and enter an order either affirming the recommendation to continue on
parole or scheduling the matter for a parole revocation hearing.
A parolee shall be allowed only two violation
reportscontaining a “continue on parole” recommendation in a
12– month period, after which a parole revocation hearing must be
scheduled.
Generally, violations occurring over 12 months prior to the
request for a parole revocation hearing will not be used to adjust time
calculations, except in absconder cases and related matters.
b. Schedule for revocation proceedings. This recommendation
may be used whenever the violation(s) alleged is so serious that reincarceration
is necessary.
c. Delay action. This recommendation is used when there is a
lack of information at the time the report is submitted or because charges are
still pending and final disposition is unknown or the whereabouts of the parolee
are unknown. The parole officer shall notify the board of the reason(s) for the
recommendation to delay action.
d. Issue a detainer. This recommendation is used to request
that an Iowa detainer be placed against an Iowa parolee who is serving time in
another jurisdiction for an offense committed while on parole which would
constitute a felony or aggravated misdemeanor if committed in Iowa.
e. Continue on parole and impose special condition 209A of the
parole agreement, participation in the violator’s program. This
recommendation may be used when there has been a violation of parole, but
treatment in the violator’s program is seen as a reasonable alternative to
revocation of parole.
f. Automatic revocation. This recommendation may be used when
a parolee has been convicted of and sentenced for a new felony.
11.6(3) District review.
a. Parole officer’s responsibility. After discovery of
information indicating a possible violation of parole and determination by the
parole officer that the violation(s) must be reported to the board, the parole
officer shall prepare a parole violation report.
b. Parole supervisor review. After the preparation of a
parole violation report, the supervisor shall review the report. If the
supervisor concurs with the recommendation made, the supervisor shall submit the
report to the business office of the parole board for review and scheduling of a
parole revocation hearing, if required.
205—11.7(908) Parole revocation hearing.
Following receipt of a parole officer’s request for a parole revocation
hearing, the administrative parole judge or board–designated officer shall
set the date, time and place of the parole revocation hearing and shall cause a
notice of parole revocation hearing to be completed. The parole revocation
hearing shall be held in any county in the same judicial district as that in
which the alleged parole violator had the initial appearance, or in the county
from which the warrant for the arrest of the alleged parole violator was
issued.
11.7(1) Parole revocation hearing notice. The parole
officer or board’s designated officer shall cause to be prepared a written
notice to the parolee of the date, time, and place of the parole revocation
hearing, which shall:
a. Include a complete copy of the report of violations
including all documents referred to therein except confidential material defined
in 205—subrule 6.4(2).
b. Be served upon the parolee by personal service. The notice
may be served by any person 18 years of age or older at least seven days prior
to the parole revocation hearing unless the parolee waives the right to seven
days’ advance notice.
c. Inform the parolee of the purpose of the hearing, the
violations of parole conditions alleged, the circumstances of the alleged
violations, the possible action which may be taken as a result of the revocation
proceedings, and the following rights to which the parolee shall be entitled at
the parole revocation hearing:
(1) Appear and speak in the parolee’s own behalf and to
be aided by an interpreter if aid is determined to be necessary by the
administrative parole judge.
(2) Representation by an attorney or if the parolee is
indigent, the right to representation by an attorney pursuant to Rule 2.28 of
the Iowa Rules of Criminal Procedure.
(3) Remain silent.
(4) Present witnesses to testify in the parolee’s behalf
as to matters relevant to the alleged violation of parole.
(5) Confront and cross–examine adverse witnesses unless
the administrative parole judge determines that such witnesses would be
subjected to risk of harm.
(6) Present documentary evidence and any relevant material or
information.
11.7(2) Testimony at parole revocation hearing. All
testimony shall be under oath.
11.7(3) Parole revocation hearing recorded. Parole
revocation hearings shall be mechanically recorded. The recording or
transcription thereof shall be filed and maintained by the board of parole for
at least five years from the date of the parole revocation hearing.
11.7(4) Witnesses segregated. The administrative
parole judge on the judge’s own motion or on the request of the parolee,
parolee’s counsel, or any representative of the state may order witnesses
to be segregated except that the parole officer, parolee, and counsel may be
present at all times at the hearing.
11.7(5) Parole revocation hearing evidence. The
admissibility of evidence at parole revocation proceedings is governed by Iowa
Code section 17A.14.
a. Documentary evidence. The parole officer shall ensure that
all relevant documentary evidence is available at the hearing and has been made
available to the parolee and the parolee’s attorney prior to the hearing
unless designated confidential. This evidence includes the violation report and
statements of witnesses. When relevant documentary evidence is not available,
the parole officer shall specify what evidence is unavailable and why.
b. Physical evidence. Physical evidence is ordinarily not
required at the hearing. The parole officer may bring physical evidence to the
hearing if the parolee has requested it or it appears necessary for the hearing,
security is not endangered and there is no other means of presenting the
information.
11.7(6) Witnesses.
a. Parolee request. A parolee may request either friendly or
adverse witnesses. If a witness is requested by the parolee or the
parolee’s attorney, the parolee or the parolee’s attorney shall
notify the parole officer.
b. Parole officer request. If, in preparing the case prior to
the hearing, the parole officer requires a particular witness to demonstrate
essential facts of violation, attendance of that witness may be requested by the
officer even though the parolee has not requested that witness. If a witness is
requested by the parole officer, the officer shall notify the parolee or the
parolee’s attorney.
c. Witnesses’ transportation. All witnesses shall
provide their own transportation.
d. Fearful witnesses. All witnesses who refuse to attend the
hearing either because they would be subjected to risk of harm if their
identities were disclosed or who, even if their identities were known, fear for
their safety should they attend the hearing shall be interviewed by the parole
officer prior to the hearing and their information and the reasons for their
fear shall be documented in writing or on tape. The administrative parole judge
shall determine whether good cause exists to excuse the witness’s
attendance and shall document the decision including the reasons.
e. Interviewing witnesses. A parolee or the parolee’s
attorney has the right to speak to possible witnesses, but it is completely
within the discretion of an individual witness whether to speak to or disclose
the witness’s whereabouts to a parolee or the parolee’s attorney.
No attempt shall be made by the parole board staff to influence the
witness’s decision.
11.7(7) Subpoenas—general. Subpoenas may be
issued to require the attendance of witnesses or the production of documents at
parole revocation hearings.
a. Who may request. The parolee, the parolee’s
attorney, parole officer, or board staff may request that a subpoena be
issued.
b. To whom made. Requests shall be made directly to the
administrative parole judge or the board–designated officer as
appropriate.
c. When made. The request shall be made prior to the
scheduled hearing.
d. Subpoena duces tecum. The request for a subpoena duces
tecum shall be accompanied by a declaration in support of the request. The
declaration must show good cause for production of documentary evidence and
specify precisely the documentary evidence to be produced, the relevance and
materiality of that evidence to the hearing, and verification that the requested
witness has possession or control of the documentary evidence.
e. The board of parole shall not be required to pay subpoena
service fees, witness fees, or witness transportation expenses.
11.7(8) Continuances.
a. A hearing may be continued by the presiding administrative
parole judge for good cause shown, either upon the presiding judge’s own
motion or upon the request of a party. A party’s request for continuance
shall be made in writing to the board business office prior to the hearing.
Each party shall be granted only one continuance except that in the case of
extreme emergency, determined by the presiding administrative parole judge,
further continuance may be granted.
b. If, because of an emergency or other good cause, a party
having received timely notice is unable to attend the hearing or to request
continuance within the allotted time, the presiding administrative parole judge
may continue the hearing and schedule another hearing with notice to all
interested parties.
c. A notice of continuance may be served upon the
parolee’s attorney of record for the parole revocation proceeding, in lieu
of personal service upon the parolee.
d. If a notice of continuance does not involve any new
allegations of parole violation, it need not be served upon the parolee or the
parolee’s attorney of record at least seven days prior to the hearing
date. However, if the notice of continuance includes allegations of violations
beyond those contained in the original notice of hearing, it must be served upon
the parolee or the parolee’s attorney of record at least seven days prior
to the hearing date.
11.7(9) Areas of responsibility. The following areas
of responsibility will apply for a parole revocation hearing.
a. The parole officer will be responsible for the
following:
(1) Coordinating and scheduling location, security, and
control of the parole revocation hearing in a courtroom unless good cause is
established prior to the hearing;
(2) Preparing notice of hearing forms and causing the notices
to be served;
(3) Notifying parolee’s attorney of record of hearing
date, time, and place;
(4) Notifying all necessary state witnesses of the hearing
date, time, and place;
(5) Processing any required subpoenas on behalf of the
state;
(6) Ensuring that all relevant state documents, forms, and
materials are available at the hearing;
(7) Attending the hearing;
(8) Arranging security for posthearing transfer of the parolee
in the event incarceration is ordered.
b. The administrative parole judge shall be responsible for
the following:
(1) Maintaining records on all hearings in the
field;
(2) Advising the business office regarding progress of each
case;
(3) Forwarding to the business office all materials and forms
when hearings are completed.
11.7(10) Parole revocation
hearing—adjudication.
a. At the conclusion of the adjudication stage of the hearing,
the administrative parole judge shall determine whether the parolee has violated
the conditions of parole and shall verbally advise the parolee of the
decision.
b. If the administrative parole judge determines that the
parolee has not violated the conditions of parole, the judge shall order that
the parolee be released from custody and continued on parole.
c. If the administrative parole judge finds that the parolee
has violated a condition or conditions of parole, the judge shall make one of
the following dispositions at the parole revocation hearing:
(1) Revocation of the parole;
(2) Revocation of the parole with the parolee placed on work
release;
(3) Reinstatement of the parole with the previous parole
conditions;
(4) Reinstatement of the parole with a modification of the
parole conditions;
(5) Continuation of the dispositional portion of the
hearing.
d. The administrative parole judge shall determine from the
record established at the final revocation hearing the date(s) of violation of
parole. The judge shall also determine the number of days of parole which shall
not be counted toward the discharge of the parolee’s sentence. This
number shall not exceed the number of days after the date of first violation
during which the parolee was not incarcerated.
11.7(11) Parole revocation—hearing summary. The
administrative parole judge or the board’s designated officer shall
forward a summary of parole revocation hearing to the parolee, the
parolee’s attorney, the parole officer, and the board office as soon as
reasonably possible following the parole revocation hearing. The summary of the
parole revocation shall consist of a summary of the proceeding and shall contain
the judge’s findings of fact, conclusions of law and disposition of the
matter.
11.7(12) Parole revocation hearing—conduct of
the media. The provisions governing the conduct of the media at parole
interviews as set out in 205—subrule 8.14(4) shall also apply to parole
revocation hearings, except that decisions committed to the discretion of the
board or board panel in that rule shall be made by the presiding administrative
parole judge.
205—11.8(908) Appeal or review. The order of
the administrative parole judge shall become the final decision of the board of
parole unless, within ten days of the date of the decision, the parole violator
appeals the decision or a panel of the board reviews the decision on its own
motion. On appeal or review of the judge’s decision, the board panel has
all the power which it would have in initially making the revocation hearing
decision. The appeal or review shall be conducted pursuant to rules adopted by
the board of parole. The record on appeal or review shall be the record made at
the parole revocation hearing conducted by the administrative parole judge.
Appeals must be received at the parole office or be postmarked by the applicable
date or they will not be considered.
205—11.9(908) Interstate compact parole probable
cause hearings. The Iowa board of parole may conduct interstate compact
parole probable cause hearings under the same procedures as the Iowa parole
revocation hearings.
11.9(1) Interstate compact probable cause hearings.
The Iowa board of parole, or an administrative parole judge, may conduct a
probable cause hearing for a parolee from another state who is on parole in Iowa
under the terms of the interstate compact on probabtion and parole according to
the same procedures which govern parole revocation hearings for Iowa parolees
who are on parole in Iowa.
11.9(2) Interstate compact parole revocation hearings.
If an Iowa parolee was on parole outside the state of Iowa through the
interstate compact on probation and parole and has been returned to Iowa
following a finding of probable cause in the receiving state, a parole
revocation hearing shall be conducted for the parolee at the Iowa institution at
which the parolee is incarcerated. This hearing shall be conducted according to
the same procedures as those specified for hearings conducted for Iowa parolees
who are on parole in the state of Iowa.
205—11.10(908) Parolee convicted of new offenses.
A parolee who is found guilty of a new offense or who pleads guilty to a
new offense, including simple misdemeanors, has no right to the adjudication
stage of the parole revocation hearing with regard to the new offense.
205—11.11(908) Waivers. When the parole officer
makes a recommendation to the board of parole for revocation of parole, the
parole officer shall inform the parolee of the parolee’s rights and afford
the parolee the opportunity to execute a waiver of parole revocation
hearing.
The parole officer shall also inform the parolee of the
opportunity to waive the parolee’s right to personal appearance and
consent to the parole revocation hearing’s being conducted over the
telephone.
11.11(1) Waiver of parole revocation hearing. A
waiver of parole revocation hearing shall constitute an admission of the alleged
violation(s) and shall include a waiver of any right to a personal appearance
before the administrative parole judge to contest the violations.
11.11(2) Parole revocation hearing waiver procedures.
If the parolee desires to execute a waiver of parole revocation hearing, the
waiver shall be entered on the appropriate form provided by the board which
shall be signed by the parolee in the presence of the administrative parole
judge or by the parolee in the presence of the parole officer/supervisor if the
waiver hearing is conducted electronically. The administrative parole judge
shall make a verbatim record of the waiver proceeding and shall address the
parolee personally and inform the parolee of and determine that the parolee
understands the contents of the waiver form which shall include:
a. The nature of the parole violation to which the waiver is
addressed;
b. The legal rights of the parolee;
c. The fact that the execution of the waiver constitutes an
admission of the alleged violation(s);
d. The fact that the parolee may be committed to the custody
of the Iowa department of corrections without further proceedings;
e. A waiver is complete and final upon execution;
f. A waiver may be appealed according to the parole
board’s parole revocation appeal process in rule 205—
11.8(908).
11.11(3) Waiver of the right to personal appearance.
In the event the parolee executes a waiver of the right to personal appearance
and consent to parole revocation hearing to be conducted over the telephone, the
parole revocation hearing shall be scheduled and conducted as a routine parole
revocation hearing with the exception that it shall be conducted
electronically.
205—11.12(908) Conviction of a felony while on
parole. When a parolee is convicted and sentenced to incarceration in Iowa
for a felony committed while on parole, or is convicted and sentenced to
incarceration under the laws of any other state of the United States or a
foreign government or country for an offense committed while on parole and which
if committed in Iowa would be a felony, the parolee’s parole shall be
deemed revoked as of the date of the commission of the offense.
11.12(1) The parole officer shall inform the
sentencing judge that the convicted defendant is a parole violator. The term
for which the defendant shall be imprisoned as a parole violator shall be the
same as that provided in cases of revocation of parole for violation of the
conditions of parole. The new sentence of imprisonment for conviction of a
felony shall be served consecutively to the sentence for which the defendant was
on parole, unless a concurrent term of imprisonment is ordered by the
court.
11.12(2) The parole officer shall forward to the board
of parole a violation report together with a file–stamped copy of the
judgment entry and sentencing order for the offense committed during the parole.
An administrative parole judge shall review the violation report and the
judgment entry and sentencing order and, if satisfied that the conditions of
Iowa Code section 908.10 and of this rule have been met, shall issue an order
revoking the parole. The judge shall also determine the date of commission of
the felony offense and the date of subsequent incarceration in a state
institution. Time loss shall be the time between these two dates, except that
the parolee shall receive credit for any time the parolee was incarcerated in a
county jail between these two dates.
11.12(3) The parolee shall be notified in writing that
the parole has been revoked on the basis of the new conviction, and a copy of
the commitment order shall accompany the notification. The parolee’s
record shall be reviewed pursuant to the provision of Iowa Code section 906.5,
or as soon as practical after a final reversal of the new conviction.
11.12(4) An inmate may appeal the revocation of parole
under this rule according to the procedure indicated in rule
205—11.8(908).
11.12(5) Neither the administrative parole judge nor
the board shall retry the facts underlying any conviction.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 906
and 908.
CHAPTER 12
Reserved
CHAPTER 13
PAROLE DISCHARGE
205—13.1(906) Discharge from parole
supervision.
13.1(1) Statutory discharge. The board shall
discharge a parolee from parole supervision when the term of the parolee’s
sentence expires.
13.1(2) Early discharge. The board or the supervising
district department may discharge a parolee from parole supervision prior to the
expiration of the term of the parolee’s sentence when the board or
district department determines that the parolee is able and willing to fulfill
the obligations of a law–abiding citizen without further
supervision.
205—13.2(906) Persons not eligible. A parolee
convicted of a violation of Iowa Code section 709.3, 709.4, or 709.8 committed
on or with a child shall not be discharged from parole until the term of the
parolee’s sentence expires.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
906.15.
CHAPTER 14
EXECUTIVE CLEMENCY
205—14.1(902) Interviews of inmates serving life
terms. The board shall not grant a parole or work release to a Class
“A” felon serving a life term unless the governor commutes the
sentence to a term of years. Administrative rules relating to the parole and
work release consideration of an inmate sentenced to an indeterminate term shall
not apply to an inmate sentenced to a life term. The board shall interview a
Class “A” felon serving a life term to determine whether to
recommend that the governor commute the sentence to a term of years. The board
shall recommend that the governor commute the sentence when the board
concludes that the inmate should be considered for release on parole or work
release. In making such a recommendation, the board shall also indicate the
existence of any registered victims and communicate any opinions expressed by
those victims regarding release of the inmate.
205—14.2(902) Review of inmates serving life terms.
The board may, at its discretion, review the record of a Class
“A” felon serving a life term.
205—14.3(914) Executive clemency
applications.
14.3(1) Applications to the board.
a. A person convicted of a criminal offense may apply to the
board for a recommendation to the governor for a reprieve, pardon, commutation
of sentence, or remission of fines and forfeitures at any time following the
person’s conviction.
b. An application for a pardon or commutation of sentence
shall be on the form provided by the board. The form may be obtained by
contacting the board business office.
c. An application for a reprieve or remission of fines and
forfeitures shall be in writing.
d. The applicant shall submit the executive clemency
application to the board business office.
14.3(2) Applications to the governor. Upon the
request of the governor, the board shall take charge of all correspondence in
reference to an executive clemency application filed with the governor and shall
provide the governor with the board’s advice and recommendation.
14.3(3) Restoration of citizenship.
a. A person convicted of a criminal offense may apply for
restoration of citizenship at any time following the discharge of the
person’s sentence.
b. A person applying for restoration of citizenship shall
submit the Executive Clemency Application form to the governor. This form may
be obtained from the governor’s office or from the board. The governor
shall obtain a recommendation regarding restoration of citizenship from the
board.
205—14.4(914,902) Board investigation. The
board may investigate an application or district department recommendation with
respect to history, current situation, parole prospects and other pertinent
matters. The board may consider the application or recommendation, transcripts
of judicial proceedings and all documents submitted with the application, and
other documents as the board determines is appropriate, and may interview public
officials, victims, and witnesses and other individuals as the board determines
is appropriate.
205—14.5(914,902) Executive clemency
recommendations.
14.5(1) Decision.
a. The board shall recommend that the governor grant
commutation of sentence to a Class “A” felon serving a life term
when the board unanimously agrees that the inmate should be considered for
release on parole. If the board does not unanimously agree, the board shall
recommend that the governor not grant commutation of sentence.
b. The board shall recommend that the governor grant executive
clemency to a person other than a Class “A” felon serving a life
term when at least three members of the board agree that the person has
demonstrated that the person will become or continue to be a law–abiding
citizen. If three members of the board do not agree, the board shall recommend
that the governor not grant executive clemency.
14.5(2) Notice of board recommendation. The board
shall give notice of an executive clemency recommendation to the office of the
governor and, if requested, to the inmate or applicant.
14.5(3) Board consideration following commutation.
The board shall consider the parole and work release prospects of an inmate
whose sentence has been commuted by the governor.
14.5(4) Executive clemency reconsiderations.
a. The board may reconsider at any time a board recommendation
to grant executive clemency that the governor has denied and returned to the
board. The procedures for reviewing an executive clemency application shall
apply to the reconsideration of a denied recommendation.
b. The board may refile the recommendation with the governor
or withdraw the recommendation.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
902.2, 902.4, and 904A.4(7) and chapter 914.
CHAPTER 15
APPEAL OF DECISIONS
205—15.1(17A) General. An inmate, parolee, or
work re–leasee may appeal any action of the board staff or board that
affects that person except a decision to schedule a hearing or a work release
transfer hearing decision, the denial of an appeal, or the decision to conduct
an appearance by electronic means or the revocation of parole which shall be
appealed according to the procedure indicated in rule
205—11.8(908).
205—15.2(17A) Grounds. The general grounds for
an appeal include that the board action is:
1. In violation of constitutional or statutory
provisions;
2. In excess of the statutory authority of the
board;
3. In violation of a board rule;
4. Made upon unlawful procedure;
5. Affected by other error of law;
6. Unsupported by evidence or based on incorrect or incomplete
information which, if correct or complete, might have resulted in a different
action;
7. Unreasonable, arbitrary, or capricious or characterized by
an abuse of discretion or a clearly unwarranted exercise of decision.
205—15.3(17A) Filing an appeal.
15.3(1) An appeal shall be filed in writing and shall
state:
a. The nature of the board action which is the subject of the
appeal.
b. The particular agency action which is the subject of the
appeal.
c. The grounds on which relief is sought.
d. The relief sought.
15.3(2) All grounds shall be included in the same
appeal, and all necessary documents and information shall be attached to the
appeal.
15.3(3) The appeal shall be submitted to the business
of–fice. An appeal must be received at the parole board office, or be
postmarked, within ten days of the receipt of notice of the action appealed.
The board is not required to consider untimely appeals.
205—15.4(17A) Board review and decision. The
board of parole, a designee of the board or a panel of three or more members of
the board shall review the appeal. The chairperson or designee or the panel may
affirm, modify or reverse the action being appealed or may defer for further
consideration, including granting the inmate, parolee, or work releasee an
appearance before the board. The board shall give notice to the inmate,
parolee, or work releasee of its decision.
205—15.5(17A) Other appearances before the board.
An inmate, parolee, or work releasee may request an appearance before the
board by submitting a written request to the business office or a board liaison
officer. A member of the board may grant the request for an
appearance.
205—15.6(21) Electronic appearances. The board
may require an inmate, parolee, or work releasee who has been granted an
appearance before the board to appear by electronic means.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
CHAPTER 16
WAIVER AND VARIANCE RULES
205—16.1(17A) Definition. For purposes of this
chapter, “a waiver or variance” means action by the board which
suspends in whole or in part the requirements or provisions of a rule as applied
to an identified person on the basis of the particular circumstances of that
person. For simplicity, the term “waiver” shall include both a
“waiver” and a “variance.”
205—16.2(17A) Scope. This chapter outlines
generally applicable standards and a uniform process for the granting of
individual waivers from rules adopted by the board in situations where no other
more specifically applicable law provides for waivers. To the extent another
more specific provision of law governs the issuance of a waiver from a
particular rule, the more specific provision shall supersede this chapter with
respect to any waiver from that rule.
205—16.3(17A) Applicability. The board may
grant a waiver from a rule only if the board has jurisdiction over the rule and
the requested waiver is consistent with applicable statutes, constitutional
provisions, or other provisions of law. The board may not waive requirements
created or duties imposed by statute.
205—16.4(17A) Criteria for waiver or variance.
In response to a petition completed pursuant to rule 16.6(17A), the board
may in its sole discretion issue an order waiving in whole or in part the
requirements of a rule if the board finds, based on clear and convincing
evidence, all of the following:
1. The application of the rule would impose an undue hardship
on the person for whom the waiver is requested;
2. The waiver from the requirements of the rule in the
specific case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any
person;
3. The provisions of the rule subject to the petition for a
waiver are not specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law;
and
4. Substantially equal protection of public health, safety,
and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the
particular rule for which the waiver is requested.
205—16.5(17A) Filing of petition. A petition
for a waiver must be submitted in writing to the board as follows:
16.5(1) Contested cases. If the petition relates to a
pending contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case
proceeding, using the caption of the contested case.
16.5(2) Other. If the petition does not relate to a
pending contested case, the petition may be submitted to the board’s
executive director.
205—16.6(17A) Content of petition. A petition
for waiver shall include the following information where applicable and known to
the requester:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person or
entity for which a waiver is requested, and the case number of any related
contested case.
2. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver is requested.
3. The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope
and duration.
4. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver under each of the four criteria described in rule 16.4(17A).
This statement shall include a signed statement from the petitioner attesting to
the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition and a statement of reasons
that the petitioner believes will justify a waiver.
5. A history of any prior contacts between the board and the
petitioner relating to the regulated activity affected by the proposed waiver,
including a description of any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or
investigative reports relating to the regulated activity within the past five
years.
6. Any information known to the requester regarding the
board’s treatment of similar cases.
7. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question,
or which might be affected by the granting of a waiver.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity that would be adversely affected by the granting of a petition.
9. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
10. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the board with information relevant
to the waiver.
205—16.7(17A) Additional information. Prior to
issuing an order granting or denying a waiver, the board may request additional
information from the petitioner relative to the petition and surrounding
circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case, the board
may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request, schedule a
telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and the
board’s executive director, a committee of the board, or a quorum of the
board.
205—16.8(17A) Notice. The board shall
acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The board shall ensure that, within 30
days of the receipt of the petition, notice of the pendency of the petition and
a concise summary of its contents have been provided to all persons to whom
notice is required by any provision of law. In addition, the board may give
notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the board may
require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom
notice is required by any provision of law and provide a written statement to
the board attesting that notice has been provided.
205—16.9(17A) Hearing procedures. The
provisions of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case
hearings shall apply to any petition for a waiver filed within a contested case
and shall otherwise apply to board proceedings for a waiver only when the board
so provides by rule or order or is required to do so by statute.
205—16.10(17A) Ruling. An order granting or
denying a waiver shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the
particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a
statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and
a description of the precise scope and duration of the waiver if one is
issued.
16.10(1) Board discretion. The final decision on
whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be made at the
sole discretion of the board, upon consideration of all relevant factors. Each
petition for a waiver shall be evaluated by the board based on the unique,
individual circumstances set out in the petition.
16.10(2) Burden of persuasion. The burden of
persuasion rests with the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing
evidence that the board should exercise its discretion to grant a waiver from a
board rule.
16.10(3) Narrowly tailored exception. A waiver, if
granted, shall provide the narrowest exception possible to the provisions of a
rule.
16.10(4) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from
which a waiver is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the board shall
balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall
goal of uniform treatment of all similarly situated persons.
16.10(5) Conditions. The board may place any
condition on a waiver that the board finds desirable to protect the public
health, safety, and welfare.
16.10(6) Time period of waiver. A waiver shall not be
permanent unless the petitioner can show that a temporary waiver would be
impracticable. If a temporary waiver is granted, there is no automatic right to
renewal. At the sole discretion of the board, a waiver may be renewed if the
board finds that grounds for a waiver continue to exist.
16.10(7) Time for ruling. The board shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall do
so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees to a later date.
However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the board shall grant or
deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in that
contested case is issued.
16.10(8) When deemed denied. Failure of the board to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the board. However, the board shall remain
responsible for issuing an order denying a waiver.
16.10(9) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
205—16.11(17A) Public availability. All orders
granting or denying a waiver petition shall be indexed, filed, and available for
public inspection as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.3. Petitions for a
waiver and orders granting or denying waiver petitions are public records under
Iowa Code chapter 22. Some petitions or orders may contain information the
board is authorized or required to keep confidential. The board may accordingly
redact confidential information from petitions or orders prior to public
inspection.
205—16.12(17A) Summary reports. Semiannually,
the board shall prepare a summary report identifying the rules for which a
waiver has been granted or denied, the number of times a waiver was granted or
denied for each rule, a citation to the statutory provisions implemented by
these rules, and a general summary of the reasons justifying the board’s
actions on waiver requests. If practicable, the report shall detail the extent
to which the granting of a waiver has affected the general applicability of the
rule itself. Copies of this report shall be available for public inspection and
shall be provided semiannually to the administrative rules coordinator and the
administrative rules review committee.
205—16.13(17A) Cancellation of a waiver. A
waiver issued by the board pursuant to this chapter may be withdrawn, canceled,
or modified if, after appropriate notice and hearing, the board issues an order
finding any of the following:
1. The petitioner or the person who was the subject of the
waiver order withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to the propriety
or desirability of the waiver; or
2. The alternative means for ensuring that the public health,
safety and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver
order have been demonstrated to be insufficient; or
3. The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with
all conditions contained in the order.
205—16.14(17A) Violations. Violation of a
condition in a waiver order shall be treated as a violation of the particular
rule for which the waiver was granted. As a result, the recipient of a waiver
under this chapter who violates a condition of the waiver may be subject to the
same remedies or penalties as a person who violates the rule at issue.
205—16.15(17A) Defense. After the board issues
an order granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its terms and the
specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order pertains in
any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be invoked.
205—16.16(17A) Judicial review. Judicial review
of a board’s decision to grant or deny a waiver petition may be taken in
accordance with Iowa Code chapter 17A.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A.
ARC 1480B
REAL ESTATE APPRAISER EXAMINING
BOARD[193F]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 543D.5, the
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 5, “Certified Residential Real Property Appraiser,” Chapter
6, “Certified General Real Property Appraiser,” Chapter 8,
“Investigations and Disciplinary Procedures,” and Chapter 11,
“Continuing Education,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These proposed amendments allow the Board, under certain
conditions, to approve prelicense and continuing education courses that utilize
technology–based delivery systems.
The amendments also describe the process under which the Board
investigates possible disciplinary violations by licensees, the factors the
Board considers in determining whether disciplinary charges are warranted, the
grounds under which the Board may close a complaint file, and related procedural
provisions.
Any interested person may make written or oral suggestions or
comments on these proposed amendments on or before April 9, 2002. Comments
should be directed to Susan Griffel, Executive Officer, Iowa Real Estate
AppraiserExamining Board, 1918 SE Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, fax
(515)281–7411, or E–mail to susan.griffel@
comm7.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
543D and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 5.1(1),
paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, and paragraphs
“b” and “d,” as follows:
a. Completion of 120 classroom hours of
courses in subjects related to real estate appraisal as listed below with
particular emphasis on the appraisal of one to four unit residential
properties.
b. Credit toward the classroom hour
requirements edu–cation requirement may be granted only
when the length of the educational offering is at least 15 hours and the
individual successfully completes an examination pertinent to that
offering.
d. Credit for the classroom hour
education requirement may be obtained from the following:
(1) Colleges or universities;
(2) Community or junior colleges;
(3) Real estate appraisal or real estate related
organizations;
(4) State or federal agencies or commissions;
(5) Proprietary schools;
(6) Other providers approved by the board.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 6.1(1),
paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph, and paragraphs
“d” and “e,” as follows:
a. Completion of 180 classroom hours of
courses which may include the 120 classroom hours required for
the certified residential real property appraiser classification, in subjects
related to real estate appraisal as listed below with particular emphasis on the
appraisal of nonresidential properties. Each course credited toward the
required number of qualifying education hours should represent a progression
through which the appraiser’s knowledge increases.
d. Credit toward the classroom hour
requirements edu–cation requirement may be granted only
when the length of the educational offering is at least 15 hours and the
individual successfully completes an examination pertinent to that
offering.
e. Credit for the classroom hour
education requirement may be obtained from the following:
(1) Colleges or universities;
(2) Community colleges or junior colleges;
(3) Real estate appraisal or real estate related
organizations;
(4) State or federal agencies or commissions;
(5) Proprietary schools;
(6) Other providers approved by the board.
ITEM 3. Rescind rule 193F—8.2(543D)
and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
193F—8.2(17A,272C,543D) Initiation of disciplinary
investigations. The board may initiate a licensee disciplinary
investigation upon the board’s receipt of information suggesting that a
licensee may have violated a law or rule enforced by the board which, if true,
would constitute grounds for licensee discipline.
ITEM 4. Renumber rule
193F—8.3(543D,272C) as 193F—8.10(543D,272C) and adopt
the following new rule 193F—8.3(272C,543D):
193F—8.3(272C,543D) Sources of information.
Without limitation, the following nonexclusive list of information sources
may form the basis for the initiation of a disciplinary investigation or
proceeding:
1. News articles or other media sources.
2. General or random review of publicly available work
product.
3. Reports filed with the board by the commissioner of
insurance pursuant to Iowa Code subsection 272C.4(9).
4. Complaints filed with the board by any member of the
public.
5. License applications or other documents submitted to the
board, including appraisal logs and appraisal reports.
6. Reports to the board from any regulatory or law enforcement
agency from any jurisdiction.
7. Board audits of licensee compliance with conditions for
licensure, such as continuing education or qualifying experience.
ITEM 5. Rescind rule 193F—8.4(543D)
and adopt the following new rule 193F—8.4(17A,272C,543D) in
lieu thereof:
193F—8.4(17A,272C,543D) Conflict of interest.
If the subject of a complaint is a member of the board, or if a member of
the board has a conflict of interest in any disciplinary matter before the
board, that member shall abstain from participation in any consideration of the
complaint and from participation in any disciplinary hearing that may result
from the complaint.
ITEM 6. Renumber rules
193F—8.5(543D) and 193F— 8.6(543D) as
193F—8.14(543D,272C) and 193F— 8.15(543D) and adopt
new rules 193F—8.5(272C,543D) and 193F—8.6(272C,543D)
as follows:
193F—8.5(272C,543D) Complaints. Written
complaints may be submitted to the board office by mail, E–mail, facsimile
or personal delivery by members of the public, including clients, business
organizations, lenders, governmental bodies, licensees, or other individuals or
entities with knowledge of possible law or rule violations by
licensees.
8.5(1) Contents of a written complaint. Written
complaints may be submitted on forms provided by the board which are available
from the board office and on the board’s Web site. Written complaints,
whether submitted on a board complaint form or in other written media, shall
contain the following information:
a. The full name, address, and telephone number of the
complainant (person complaining).
b. The full name, address, and telephone number of the
respondent (licensee against whom the complaint is filed).
c. A statement of the facts and circumstances giving rise to
the complaint, including a description of the alleged acts or omissions which
the complainant believes demonstrate that the respondent has violated or is
violating laws or rules enforced by the board.
d. If known, citations to the laws or rules allegedly violated
by the respondent.
e. Evidentiary supporting documentation.
f. Steps, if any, taken by the complainant to resolve the
dispute with the respondent prior to filing a complaint.
8.5(2) Immunity. As provided by Iowa Code section
272C.8, a person shall not be civilly liable as a result of filing a report or
complaint with the board unless such act is done with malice, nor shall an
employee be dismissed from employment or discriminated against by an employer
for filing such a report or complaint.
8.5(3) Role of complainant. The role of the
complainant in the disciplinary process is limited to providing the board with
factual information relative to the complaint. A complainant is not party to
any disciplinary proceeding which may be initiated by the board based in whole
or in part on information provided by the complainant.
8.5(4) Role of the board. The board does not act as
an arbiter of disputes between private parties, nor does the board initiate
disciplinary proceedings to advance the private interest of any person or party.
The role of the board in the disciplinary process is to protect the public by
investigating complaints and initiating disciplinary proceedings in appropriate
cases. The board possesses sole decision–making authority throughout the
disciplinary process, including the authority to determine whether a case will
be investigated, the manner of the investigation, whether a disciplinary
proceeding will be initiated, and the appropriate licensee discipline to be
imposed, if any.
8.5(5) Initial complaint screening. All written
complaints received by the board shall be initially screened by the
board’s executive officer to determine whether the allegations of the
complaint fall within the board’s investigatory jurisdiction and whether
the facts presented, if true, would constitute a basis for disciplinary action
against a licensee. Complaints which are clearly outside the board’s
jurisdiction, which clearly do not allege facts upon which disciplinary action
would be based, or which are frivolous shall be referred by the board’s
executive officer to the board for closure at the next scheduled board meeting.
All other complaints shall be referred by the board’s executive officer to
the board’s disciplinary committee for committee review as described in
subrule 8.8(1).
193F—8.6(272C,543D) Case numbers. Whether based
on written complaint received by the board or complaint initiated by the board,
all complaint files shall be tracked by a case numbering system. Complaints are
assigned case numbers in chronological order with the first two digits
representing the year in which the complaint was received or initiated, and the
second two digits representing the order in which the case file was opened
(e.g., 01–01, 01–02, 01–03, etc.). The board’s
executive officer shall maintain a case file log noting the date each case file
was opened, whether disciplinary proceedings were initiated in the case, and the
final disposition of the case. Once a case file number is assigned to a
complaint, all persons communicating with the board regarding that complaint are
encouraged to include the case file number to facilitate accurate records and
prompt response.
ITEM 7. Adopt new rules
193F—8.7(272C,543D) to 193F—8.9(17A,272C,543D) as follows:
193F—8.7(272C,543D) Confidentiality of complaint and
investigative information. All complaint and investigative information
received or created by the board is privileged and confidential pursuant to Iowa
Code subsection 272C.6(4). Such information shall not be released to any person
except as provided in that section.
193F—8.8(17A,272C,543D) Investigation
procedures.
8.8(1) Disciplinary committee. The board chairperson
shall annually appoint two to three members of the board to serve on the
board’s disciplinary committee. The disciplinary committee is a purely
advisory body which shall review complaint files referred by the board’s
executive officer, generally supervise the investigation of complaints, and make
recommendations to the full board on the disposition of complaints. Members of
the committee shall not personally investigate complaints, but they may review
the investigative work product of others in formulating recommendations to the
board.
8.8(2) Committee screening of complaints. Upon the
referral of a complaint from the board’s executive officer or from the
full board, the committee shall determine whether the complaint presents facts
which, if true, suggest that alicensee may have violated a law or rule enforced
by the board. If the committee concludes that the complaint does not present
facts which suggest such a violation or that the complaint does not otherwise
constitute an appropriate basis for disciplinary action, the committee shall
refer the complaint to the full board with the recommendation that the complaint
be closed with no further action. If the committee determines that the
complaint does present a credible basis for disciplinary action, the committee
may either immediately refer the complaint to the full board recommending that a
disciplinary proceeding be commenced or initiate a disciplinary
investigation.
8.8(3) Committee procedures. If the committee
determines that additional information is necessary or desirable to evaluate the
merits of a complaint, the committee may assign an investigator or expert
consultant, appoint a peer review committee, provide the licensee an opportunity
to appear before the disciplinary committee for an informal discussion as
described in rule 193F—8.9(17A,272C,543D) or request board staff to
conduct further investigation. Upon completion of an investigation, the
investigator, expert consultant, peer review committee or board staff shall
present a report to the committee. The committee shall review the report and
determine what further action is necessary. The committee may:
a. Request further investigation.
b. Determine there is not probable cause to believe a
disciplinary violation has occurred, and refer the case to the full board with
the recommendation of closure.
c. Determine there is probable cause to believe that a law or
rule enforced by the board has been violated, but that disciplinary action is
unwarranted on other grounds, and refer the case to the full board with the
recommendation of closure. The committee may also recommend that the licensee
be informally cautioned or educated about matters which could form the basis for
disciplinary action in the future.
d. Determine there is probable cause to believe a disciplinary
violation has occurred, and refer the case to the full board with the
recommendation that the board initiate a disciplinary proceeding (contested
case).
8.8(4) Subpoena authority. Pursuant to Iowa Code
subsections 17A.13(1) and 272C.6(3), the board is authorized in connection with
a disciplinary investigation to issue subpoenas to compel witnesses to testify
or persons to produce books, papers, records and any other real evidence,
whether or not privileged or confidential under law, which the board deems
necessary as evidence in connection with a disciplinary proceeding or relevant
to the decision about whetherto initiate a disciplinary proceeding. Board
proceduresconcerning investigative subpoenas are set forth in 193— Chapter
6.
193F—8.9(17A,272C,543D) Informal discussion. If
the disciplinary committee considers it advisable, or if requested by the
affected licensee, the committee may grant the licensee an opportunity to appear
before the committee for a voluntary informal discussion of the facts and
circumstances of an alleged violation, subject to the provisions of this
rule.
8.9(1) An informal discussion is intended to provide a
licensee an opportunity to share in an informal setting the licensee’s
side of a complaint before the board determines whether probable cause exists to
initiate a disciplinary proceeding. Licensees are not required to attend an
informal discussion. Because disciplinary investigations are confidential,
licensees may not bring other persons with them to an informal discussion, but
licensees may be represented by legal counsel.
8.9(2) Unless disqualification is waived by the
licensee, board members or staff who personally investigate a disciplinary
complaint are disqualified from making decisions or assisting the decision
makers at a later formal hearing. Because board members generally rely upon
investigators, peer review committees, or expert consultants to conduct
investigations, the issue rarely arises. An informal discussion, however, is a
form of investigation because it is conducted in a question and answer format.
In order to preserve the ability of all board members to participate in board
decision making and to receive the advice of staff, licensees who desire to
attend an informal discussion must therefore waive their right to seek
disqualification of a board member or staff based solely on the board
member’s or staff’s participation in an informal discussion.
Licensees would not be waiving their right to seek disqualification on any other
ground. By electing to attend an informal discussion, a licensee accordingly
agrees that participating board members or staff are not disqualified from
acting as a presiding officer in a later contested case proceeding or from
advising the decision maker.
8.9(3) Because an informal discussion constitutes a
part of the board’s investigation of a pending disciplinary case, the
facts discussed at the informal discussion may be considered by the board in the
event the matter proceeds to a contested case hearing and those facts are
independently introduced into evidence.
8.9(4) The disciplinary committee, subject to board
approval, may propose a consent order at the time of the informal discussion.
If the licensee agrees to a consent order, a statement of charges shall be filed
simultaneously with the consent order, as provided in rule
193—7.4(17A,272C).
ITEM 8. Adopt new rules
193F—8.11(17A,272C,543D) to 193F—8.13(17A,272C,543D) as
follows:
193F—8.11(17A,272C,543D) Closing complaint
files.
8.11(1) Grounds for closing. Upon the recommendation
of the executive officer, the recommendation of the disciplinary committee, or
on its own motion, the board may close a complaint file, with or without prior
investigation. Given the broad scope of matters about which members of the
public may complain, it is not possible to catalog all possible reasons why the
board may close a complaint file. The following nonexclusive list is, however,
illustrative of the grounds upon which the board may close a complaint
file:
a. The complaint alleges matters outside the board’s
jurisdiction.
b. The complaint does not allege a reasonable or credible
basis to believe that the subject of the complaint violated a law or rule
enforced by the board.
c. The complaint is frivolous or trivial.
d. The complaint alleges matters more appropriately resolved
in a different forum, such as civil litigation to resolve a contract dispute, or
more appropriately addressed by alternative procedures, such as outreach
education or rule making.
e. The matters raised in the complaint are situational,
isolated, or unrepresentative of a licensee’s typical practice, and the
licensee has taken appropriate steps to ensure future compliance and prevent
public injury.
f. Resources are unavailable or better directed to other
complaints or board initiatives in light of the board’s overall budget and
mission.
g. While the evidence may reveal one or more appraisal
standards about which the appraiser should be more vigilant in the future, the
issues appear correctable, are not likely to recur with proper diligence in the
development and reporting of future appraisals, and do not reveal impediments to
competent practice in the future.
h. Other extenuating factors exist which weigh against the
imposition of public discipline when considered in the context of the
board’s purpose and mission.
8.11(2) Indexed orders. The board’s executive
officer shall enter an order stating the basis for the board’s decision to
close a complaint file. The order shall not contain the identity of the
complainant or the respondent, and shall not disclose confidential complaint or
investigative information. The orders shall be indexed by case number and shall
be a public record pursuant to Iowa Code subsection 17.3(1)“d.” A
copy of the order shall be mailed to the complainant, if any, and to the
respondent.
8.11(3) Cautionary letters. The board may issue a
confidential letter of caution to a licensee when a complaint file is closed
which informally cautions or educates the licensee about matters which could
form the basis for disciplinary action in the future if corrective action is not
taken by the licensee. Informal cautionary letters do not constitute
disciplinary action, but the board may take such letters into consideration in
the future if a licensee continues a practice about which the licensee has been
cautioned.
8.11(4) Reopening closed complaint files. The board
may reopen a closed complaint file if additional information arises after
closure which provides a basis to reassess the merits of the initial
complaint.
193F—8.12(17A,272C,543D) Initiation of disciplinary
proceedings. Disciplinary proceedings may only be initiated by the
affirmative vote of a majority of a quorum of the board at a public meeting.
Board members who are disqualified shall not be included in determining whether
a quorum exists. If, for example, two members of the board are disqualified,
three members of the board shall constitute a quorum of the remaining five board
members for purposes of voting on the case in which the two members are
disqualified. When three or more members of the board are disqualified or
otherwise unavailable for any reason, the executive officer may request the
special appointment of one or more substitute board members pursuant to Iowa
Code section 17A.11, subsection 5. Discipline may only be imposed against a
licensee by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the board who
are not disqualified.
193F—8.13(17A,272C,543D) Disciplinary contested case
procedures. Unless in conflict with a provision of board rules in this
chapter, all of the procedures set forth in 193— Chapter 7 shall apply to
disciplinary contested cases initiated by the board.
ITEM 9. Adopt new rules
193F—8.16(272C,543D) and 193F—8.17(272C,543D) as follows:
193F—8.16(272C,543D) Voluntary surrender. The
board may accept the voluntary surrender of a license to resolve a pending
disciplinary contested case or pending disciplinary investigation. The board
shall not accept a voluntary surrender of a license to resolve a pending
disciplinary investigation unless a statement of charges is filed along with the
order accepting the voluntary surrender. Such voluntary surrender is considered
disciplinary action and shall be published in the same manner as is applicable
to any other form of disciplinary order.
193F—8.17(272C,543D) Reinstatement. In addition
to the provisions of rule 193—7.38(17A,272C), the following provisions
shall apply to license reinstatement proceedings:
8.17(1) The board may grant an applicant’s
request to appear informally before the board prior to the issuance of a notice
of hearing on an application to reinstate if the applicant requests an informal
appearance in the application and agrees not to seek to disqualify, on the
ground of personal investigation, board members or staff before whom the
applicant appears.
8.17(2) An order granting an application for
reinstatement may impose such terms and conditions as the board deems desirable,
which may include one or more of the types of disciplinary sanctions described
in rule 193F— 8.14(543D).
8.17(3) The board shall not grant an application for
reinstatement when the initial order which revoked, suspended or restricted the
license, denied license renewal, or accepted a voluntary surrender was based on
a criminal conviction and the applicant cannot demonstrate to the board’s
satisfaction that:
a. All terms of the sentencing or other criminal order have
been fully satisfied;
b. The applicant has been released from confinement and any
applicable probation or parole; and,
c. Restitution has been made or is reasonably in theprocess of
being made to any victims of the crime.
ITEM 10. Amend 193F—Chapter
8, implementation sentence, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
543D.5, 543D.17 and 543D.18 and chapter chapters 17A and
272C.
ITEM 11. Renumber rules
193F—11.6(272C,543D) to 193F—11.12(272C,543D) as
193F—11.7(272C,543D) to 193F—11.13(272C,543D) and
adopt the following new rule 193F—11.6(272C,543D):
193F—11.6(272C,543D) Distance education course
approval. Distance education courses including, but not limited to, paper
and pencil home–study courses, technology–based systems, interactive
classrooms, computer conferencing, interactive computer and the Internet, may be
approved by the board for continuing education or prelicensure under the
following conditions:
1. The course has received approval for college creditby the
American Council on Education through its ACE/Credit Program, or
2. The course has received approval by the International
Distance Education Certification Center (IDECC) for the course delivery
mechanism, or
3. The course has received approval by the Appraiser
Qualification Board’s Course Approval Program.
ARC 1466B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Notice of Intended Action
Notice is also given to the public that the
Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written
request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section
17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons
may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10, 307.12
and 325A.10, the Department of Transportation hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 524, “For–Hire Intrastate Motor Carrier
Authority,” Iowa Administrative Code.
2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 132, sections 18 to 21, define and
clarify bulk liquid commodities. Items 1 to 4 and 7 make this clarification
within Chapter 524. Items 5 and 6 amend the marking requirements for intrastate
and interstate vehicles hauling for–hire. The Federal Motor Carrier
Safety Administration changed the marking requirements for vehicles that operate
interstate. Motor carriers that travel interstate are no longer required to
display the city and state on the vehicle. It was decided that intrastate
carriers should be able to mark their vehicles the same way. Also, the
Department is complying with other changes to the federal marking requirements.
Item 8 allows a carrier to request a hearing if its application has been denied.
The current rules do not address hearings for denials.
Any person or agency may submit written comments concerning
these proposed amendments or may submit a written request to make an oral
presentation. The comments or request shall:
1. Include the name, address, and telephone number of the
person or agency authoring the comments or request.
2. Reference the number and title of the proposed rule, as
given in this Notice, that is the subject of the comments or request.
3. Indicate the general content of a requested oral
presentation.
4. Be addressed to the Department of Transportation,
Director’s Staff Division, 800 Lincoln Way, Ames, Iowa 50010; fax
(515)239–1639; Internet E–mail address tracy.
george@dot.state.ia.us.
5. Be received by the Director’s Staff Division no later
than April 9, 2002.
A meeting to hear requested oral presentations is scheduled
for Thursday, April 11, 2002, at 10 a.m. in the DOT Conference Room at Park Fair
Mall, 100 Euclid Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
The meeting will be canceled without further notice if no oral
presentation is requested.
The proposed amendments may have an impact on small business.
A request for a regulatory analysis pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4A must be
received by the Director’s Staff Division at the address listed in this
Notice no later than 32 days after publication of this Notice in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
325A.
Proposed rule–making actions:
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 524.1(2) as
follows:
524.1(2) This chapter applies to motor carriers of
household goods, bulk liquid commodities, all other property, and
passengers.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph
524.3(3)“d” as follows:
d. Financial statement, only for motor carriers of bulk
liquid commodities (nondairy) and regular–route passengers. (See rule
524.10(325A).)
ITEM 3. Amend rule
761—524.10(325A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
761—524.10(325A) Financial statement. An
application by a motor carrier of bulk liquid commodities (nondairy) or
regular–route passengers must include a statement signed by an authorized
agent of a lending institution or a certified public accountant attesting to the
financial capability of that carrier. At a minimum, the certification shall be
based on meeting the following ratios:
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 524.11(1) as
follows:
524.11(1) Requirement. Motor carriers of bulk
liquid commodities (nondairy) and passengers shall attend an approved safety
education seminar within six months of issuance of the permit or certificate
except as provided in subrule 524.11(4). This includes transfers of motor
carrier certificates. The individuals in attendance shall be the persons
responsible for the safety records and driver training. Failure to attend an
approved safety education seminar within the time provided shall result in
suspension of the motor carrier permit or certificate.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 524.12(1) as
follows:
524.12(1) Motor carriers operating intrastate only
shall display:
a. Name of motor carrier under whose authority the motor
vehicle is being operated.
b. City and state where the motor carrier maintains
its principal place of business or in which the commercial motor vehicle is
customarily based.
c b. U.S. DOT number followed by the
letters “IA.”
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 524.12(2) as
follows:
524.12(2) Motor carriers operating both interstate and
intrastate shall display markings in accordance with 49 CFR Part 390.21, as
adopted in 761—Chapter 520.:
a. Name of motor carrier under whose authority the
motor vehicle is being operated.
b. City and state where the motor carrier maintains
its principal place of business or in which the commercial motor vehicle is
customarily based.
EXCEPTION: City and state
is not needed if the federal motor carrier number is
displayed.
c. U.S. DOT number or federal motor carrier
number.
ITEM 7. Amend rule
761—524.16(325A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
761—524.16(325A) Transfer of motor carrier
regular–route passenger certificate or motor carrier permit for household
goods. A motor carrier regular–route passenger certificate or motor
carrier permit for household goods shall not be sold, transferred, leased, or
assigned until the transaction is approved by the department. Motor carrier
permits for other property and all bulk liquid
commodities are not transferable. Motor carrier certificates for charter
operations are not transferable.
ITEM 8. Rescind rule
761—524.17(325A) and adopt in lieu thereof the following new
rules:
761—524.17(325A) Suspension, revocation or
reinstatement. The department may suspend or revoke a motor
carrier permit or certificate for a violation of Iowa Code chapter
325A or this chapter. The suspension or revocation shall continue until the
motor carrier is no longer in violation and the reinstatement fee is paid. A
new permit or certificate shall be issued upon reinstatement.
761—524.18(325A) Hearings. A person whose
application for a motor carrier permit or certificate has been denied for a
reason other than noncompliance with insurance requirements or whose motor
carrier permit or certificate has been suspended or revoked for a reason other
than noncompliance with insurance requirements may contest the decision in
accordance with Iowa Code chapter 17A and 761—Chapter 13, Iowa
Administrative Code. The request for a hearing shall be submitted in writing to
the director of the office of motor carrier services. The request shall
include, as applicable, the motor carrier’s name, permit or certificate
number, complete address and telephone number. The request must be submitted
within 20 days after the date of the notice of suspension, revocation or
denial.
NOTICE—PUBLIC FUNDS INTEREST
RATES
In compliance with Iowa Code chapter 74A and section 12C.6,
the committee composed of Treasurer of StateMichael L. Fitzgerald,
Superintendent of Credit Unions James E. Forney, Superintendent of Banking
Thomas B. Gronstal, and Auditor of State Richard D. Johnson have established
today the following rates of interest for public obligations and special
assessments. The usury rate for March is 7.00%.
INTEREST RATES FOR PUBLIC
OBLIGATIONS AND ASSESSMENTS
74A.2 Unpaid Warrants Maximum 6.0%
74A.4 Special Assessments Maximum 9.0%
RECOMMENDED for 74A.3 and 74A.7: A rate equal to 75%
of the Federal Reserve monthly published indices for U.S. Government securities
of comparable maturities.
The rate of interest has been determined by a committee of the
state of Iowa to be the minimum interest rate that shall be paid on public funds
deposited in approved financial institutions. To be eligible to accept deposits
of public funds of the state of Iowa, a financial institution shall demonstrate
a commitment to serve the needs of the local community in which it is chartered
to do business. These needs include credit services as well as deposit
services. All such financial institutions are required to provide the committee
with a written description of their commitment to provide credit services in the
community. This statement is available for examination by citizens.
New official state interest rates, effective March 12, 2002,
setting the minimums that may be paid by Iowa depositories on public funds are
listed below.
TIME DEPOSITS
7–31 days Minimum 1.40%
32–89 days Minimum 1.40%
90–179 days Minimum 1.50%
180–364 days Minimum 1.70%
One year to 397 days Minimum 1.90%
More than 397 days Minimum 2.80%
These are minimum rates only. The one year and less are
four–tenths of a percent below average rates. Public body treasurers and
their depositories may negotiate a higher rate according to money market rates
and conditions.
Inquiries may be sent to Michael L. Fitzgerald, Treasurer of
State, State Capitol, Des Moines, Iowa 50319.
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 1487B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 505.8, the
Insurance Division hereby adopts new Chapter 49, “Financial Instruments
Used in Hedging Transactions,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This new chapter adopts rules implementing Iowa Code section
511.8(22) and provides guidance to domestic insurers authorized to do business
pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 508 and 511 relative to the recognition of
financial instruments used in hedging transactions as an approved asset for
legal reserve funds.
The Division finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2),
that notice and public participation are unnecessary and impracticable in that
any delay would prevent life insurers from using financial instruments used in
hedging transactions for legal reserve purposes in the first quarter 2002
financial statements.
The Division finds that this chapter establishes uniform rules
for the use of financial instruments used in hedging transactions for life
insurance companies doing business in this state and must be effective on March
1, 2002. Therefore, these rules are Adopted and Filed Emergency pursuant to
Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2).
These rules are also published herein under Notice of Intended
Action as ARC 1488B to allow public comment.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
511.8(22).
These rules became effective March 1, 2002.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 49
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS USED
IN HEDGING
TRANSACTIONS
191—49.1(511) Purpose. The purpose of these
rules is to set standards for the prudent use of financial instruments used in
hedging transactions in accordance with Iowa Code section 511.8(22). This
chapter shall be applicable to the legal reserve funds for all domestic insurers
and United States branches of alien insurers entered through this
state.
191—49.2(511) Definitions.
“Business entity” means a sole proprietorship,
corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, joint stock
company, joint venture, mutual fund, trust, joint tenancy or other similar form
of business organization, whether organized for profit or not for
profit.
“Counterparty exposure” means the amount of credit
risk attributable to a derivative instrument entered into with a business entity
(“over–the–counter derivative instrument”). No
counterparty exposure shall be assigned to transactions involving a qualified
exchange or qualified foreign exchange or transactions cleared through a
qualified clearinghouse.
1. The amount of credit risk equals:
a. The market value of the over–the–counter
derivative instrument if the liquidation of the derivative instrument would
result in a final cash payment to the insurer; or
b. Zero if the liquidation of the derivative instrument would
not result in a final cash payment to the insurer.
2. If the over–the–counter derivative instruments
are entered into pursuant to a written master agreement which provides for
netting of payments owed by the respective parties, and the domicile of the
counterparty is either within the United States or, if not within the United
States, within a foreign jurisdiction listed in the Purposes and Procedures of
the Securities Valuation Office as eligible for netting, the net amount of
credit risk shall be the greater of zero or the net sum of:
a. The market value of the over–the–counter
derivative instruments entered into pursuant to the master agreement, the
liquidation of which would result in a final cash payment to the insurer;
and
b. The market value of the over–the–counter
derivative instruments entered into pursuant to the master agreement, the
liquidation of which would result in a final cash payment by the insurer to the
business entity.
For any open transactions, market value shall be determined at
the end of the most recent quarter of the insurer’s fiscal year and shall
be reduced by the market value of acceptable collateral held by the insurer or
placed in escrow for the benefit of the insurer by one or both
parties.
“Derivative instrument used in a hedging
transaction” means an agreement, option, instrument or a series or
combination thereof:
1. To make or take delivery of, or assume or relinquish, a
specified amount of one or more underlying interests, or to make a cash
settlement in lieu thereof; or
2. That has a price, performance, value or cash flow based
primarily upon the actual or expected price, level, performance, value or cash
flow of one or more underlying interests.
Derivative instruments include options, warrants used in a
hedging transaction and not attached to another financial instrument, caps,
floors, collars, swaps, forwards, futures and any other agreements, options or
instruments substantially similar thereto or any series or combination thereof.
Derivative instruments shall additionally include any agreements, options or
instruments permitted pursuant to Iowa Code section 511.8(22)“h.”
Derivative instruments shall not include an investment authorized by Iowa Code
sections 511.8(1) through 511.8(21).
“Financial instrument used in a hedging
transaction” means a derivative instrument used in a hedging
transaction.
“Qualified clearinghouse” means a clearinghouse
for, and subject to the rules of, a qualified exchange or a qualified foreign
exchange, which provides clearing services, including acting as a counterparty
to each of the parties to a transaction such that the parties no longer have
credit risk as to each other.
“Qualified exchange” means:
1. A securities exchange registered as a national securities
exchange, or a securities market regulated under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 (15 U.S.C. §§ 78 et seq.);
2. A board of trade or commodities exchange designated as a
contract market by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or any successor
thereof;
3. Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated
Linkages (PORTAL);
4. A designated offshore securities market as defined in
Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S, 17 CFR Part 230; or
5. A qualified foreign exchange.
“Qualified foreign exchange” means a foreign
exchange, board of trade or contract market located outside the United States,
its territories or possessions:
1. That has received regulatory comparability relief pursuant
to Commodity Futures Trading Commission Rule 30.10 (as set forth in Appendix C
to Part 30 of the CFTC’s regulations, 17 CFR Part 30);
2. That is, or its members are, subject to the jurisdiction of
a foreign futures authority that has received regulatory comparability relief
pursuant to Commodity Futures Trading Commission Rule 30.10 (as set forth in
Appendix C to Part 30 of the CFTC’s regulations, 17 CFR Part 30) as to
futures transactions in the jurisdiction where the exchange, board of trade or
contract market is located; or
3. Upon which foreign stock index futures contracts are listed
that are the subject of no–action relief issued by the CFTC’s Office
of General Counsel, but an exchange, board of trade or contract market that
qualifies as a “qualified foreign exchange” only under this
paragraph shall only be a “qualified foreign exchange” as to foreign
stock index futures contracts that are the subject of such no–action
relief under this paragraph.
191—49.3(511) Guidelines and internal control
procedures.
49.3(1) Before engaging in a derivative transaction
pursuant to Iowa Code section 511.8(22), an insurer shall establish written
guidelines that shall be used for effecting and maintaining the transactions.
The guidelines shall:
a. Address investment or, if applicable, underwriting
objectives, risk constraints, and the factors considered in establishing risk
constraints such as credit risk limits;
b. Address permissible transactions and the relationship of
those transactions to its operations, such as a precise identification of the
risks being hedged by a derivative transaction; and
c. Require compliance with internal control
procedures.
49.3(2) An insurer shall have a system for determining
whether a derivative instrument used for hedging has been effective. In so
doing a company should set specific criteria at the inception of the hedge or
hedge program as to what will be considered effective in measuring the hedge and
individual hedges in a hedge program and then apply those criteria in the
ongoing assessment based on actual hedge results.
49.3(3) An insurer shall have a credit risk management
system for over–the–counter derivative transactions that measures
credit risk exposure using the counterparty exposure amount as provided in rule
49.2(511).
49.3(4) The board of directors of the insurer or a
committee thereof shall, in accordance with Iowa Code section
511.8(22)“f”:
a. Approve the guidelines required by subrule 49.3(1) and the
systems required by subrules 49.3(2) and 49.3(3); and
b. Determine whether the insurer has adequate professional
personnel, technical expertise and systems to implement investment practices
involving derivatives.
49.3(5) For purposes of determining whether internal
control procedures are in compliance with this rule, the insurance division may
consider, but is not limited to, the following items:
a. That only the board or its authorized designee can approve
derivative instrument transactions;
b. That the board or its designee exercise administrative
oversight of trading functions;
c. That periodic reporting of open positions to chief
investment officer occurs; and
d. That periodic assessment of the effectiveness of hedging
transactions be conducted by persons designated by the board or its
designees.
191—49.4(511) Documentation requirements. An
insurer shall maintain documentation and records relating to each derivative
transaction transacted pursuant to Iowa Code section 511.8(22) including, but
not limited to:
1. The purpose or purposes of the transaction;
2. The assets or liabilities to which the transaction
relates;
3. The specific derivative instrument used in the
transaction;
4. For over–the–counter derivative instrument
transactions, the name of the counterparty and the counterparty exposure amount
calculated not less than quarterly; and
5. For exchange traded derivative instruments, the name of the
exchange and the name of the firm that handled the trade.
191—49.5(511) Trading requirements. Each
derivative instrument qualifying for legal reserve purposes under Iowa Code
section 511.8(22) shall be:
1. Traded on a qualified exchange;
2. Entered into with, or guaranteed by, a business entity with
an investment grade rating by the NAIC Securities and Valuation Office or by a
majority of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSRO), on
the NAIC/NRSRO list, that rate the business entity;
3. Issued or written by, or entered into with, the issuer of
the underlying interest on which the derivative instrument is based;
or
4. Entered into with a qualified foreign exchange.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section
511.8(22).
[Filed Emergency 3/1/02, effective 3/1/02]
[Published 3/20/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 3/20/02.
FILED
ARC 1478B
ENERGY AND GEOLOGICAL RESOURCES
DIVISION[565]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 458A.4, the
Director of the Department of Natural Resources hereby adopts amendments to
Chapter 6, “Energy Bank Program,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The purpose of this rule making is to modify Chapter 6 to
account for the provisions of 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 60 [Iowa Code Supplement
section 473.20(1)], which enables authorization of financing for all
cost–effective energy management improvements, and to clarify and
streamline the practices and procedures of the Department’s Building
Energy Management Programs.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on January 9, 2002, as ARC 1259B. The Department
received no comments, and this amendment is adopted as proposed.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
473.13A and 473.19, Iowa Code Supplement section 473.20, and 10 CFR 420
(1976).
This amendment shall become effective April 24,
2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Ch 6] is being omitted. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1259B, IAB
1/9/02.
[Filed 2/28/02, effective 4/24/02]
[Published
3/20/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
3/20/02.]
ARC 1479B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.133, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby amends Chapter 20, “Scope of
Title—Definitions—Forms—Rules of Practice,” Chapter 22,
“Controlling Pollution,” Chapter 23, “Emission Standards for
Contaminants,” and Chapter 25, “Measurement of Emissions,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on December 12, 2001, as ARC 1191B. An
informational meeting was held on October 17, 2001, and a public hearing was
held on January 10, 2002, at the Air Quality Bureau in Urbandale. No oral or
written comments were received on the proposed amendments. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
This rule making contains the following:
Item 1 removes the reference to an application form for a
variance to the Department’s open burning rules. The Department variance
request form for an open burning variance is out of date and is no longer used.
Deleting this reference does not prevent the use of the procedures for
requesting a variance, specified in rule 21.2(455B).
In Item 2, subparagraph 22.1(1)“c”(4) is added
which requires a notification to the Department for units where construction has
started prior to the issuance of a construction permit. If a unit is built
under paragraph 22.1(1)“c,” the owner or operator will not have a
permit until after construction has already started or has been completed. The
new subparagraph clarifies the notification requirement as to whether or not a
permit is in the possession of an owner or operator taking advantage of
constructing without an issued permit. The subparagraph requires a start
construction notification within 30 days after starting construction, regardless
of the permit issuance status.
Item 3 pertains to notifying the Department for intended
startup and actual startup of permitted equipment. Item 3 establishes a more
specific time at which the notification needs to be sent as well as what
information needs to be provided to the Department. The change also makes the
Department’s deadlines consistent with the deadlines in new source
performance standards.
Item 4 is a corrective amendment. The Department’s
staff has used the terms “total suspended particulate (TSP)” and
“particulate matter (PM)” interchangeably in the rules. However,
the two terms have different definitions as found in Chapter 20. According to
Chapter 20, “particulate matter” means any material, except
uncombined water, that exists in a finely divided form as a liquid or solid at
standard condition. “Total suspended particulate” means particulate
matter as measured by an EPA–approved reference method.
Item 5 clarifies that Title V fees are not required for
particulate matter (excluding PM10). Particulate matter is not listed in the
definition of “regulated air pollutant or contaminant (for fee
calculation).” Without this listing in the definition, it is unclear
which forms of particulate matter are subject to the Title V fees.
Item 6 is an administrative change. Subrule 22.101(1)
discusses criteria that outline when Title V permits must be obtained. The
subrule cites subrules 22.102(1) and 22.102(2) as exceptions to the need to
apply for a Title V permit. Additional emission source categories that are
exempt from having to obtain a Title V permit were added to rule 22.102(455B) in
the past. However, the listing of these additional exemptions in subrule
22.101(1) had not been included to update the exemptions.
Item 7 clarifies whether a source subject to an NSPS or NESHAP
must apply for a Title V permit. A literal interpretation of existing paragraph
22.201(2)“b” implies that once an NSPS or NESHAP is promulgated,
that source is subject to Title V permit requirements even if the newly
promulgated standard specifically exempts sources from Title V.
Item 8 pertains to exceptions to the eligibility requirements
for the operating permit by rule for small sources. Subrule 22.300(3)
identifies three cases when sources will be exempt from being able to obtain
permit coverage under the operating permit by rule. Paragraph “a”
addresses sources subject to acid rain requirements and solid waste
incinerators; paragraph “b” addresses sources subject to new source
performance standards (NSPS); and paragraph “c” addresses sources
subject to national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants. The
language in paragraphs “b” and “c” has been modified to
clarify when sources would no longer be eligible for coverage by the operating
permit by rule for small sources. Without this clarification, it could be
assumed that as soon as EPA promulgates a NESHAP or NSPS for a particular
source, that source would immediately not be eligible for coverage under the
permit by rule for small sources.
Item 9 pertains to record–keeping requirements for an
operating permit by rule for small sources. The amendments to this paragraph
are administrative. The changes correct a reference to the record keeping
required for emission units and correct a reference to the required record
keeping for emission control equipment. The changes also address a problem in
the use of inconsistent terms. The terms “emission control
equipment” and “emission control unit” are being used
interchangeably in paragraph 22.300(7)“c.” The amendments change all
of the references to “emission control units” to the term
“emission control equipment” for consistency.
Item 10 provides an updated reference to standards of
performance for new sources. Two new standards of performance for a new source
(NSPS) have been incorporated into the amendments in Item 11. These new NSPSs
are for commercial and industrial solid waste incineration units and new small
municipal waste combustion units.
Items 12 to 15 pertain to updating federally adopted emission
standards for hazardous air pollutants. In Item 12, the reference date for
adopting any amendments to the federal regulations over emission standards for
hazardous air pollutants the Department has listed in subrule 23.1(4) has been
updated to August 16, 2001, the most recent date for a new or modified NESHAP.
Five new NESHAPs have been promulgated on the federal level since the last
departmental rule update.
Item 13 adopts by reference a NESHAP for chemical recovery
combustion sources at kraft, soda, sulfite, and stand–alone semichemical
pulp mills. Item 14 adopts by reference a NESHAP for secondary aluminum
production. Three new NESHAPs are adopted in Item 15: emission standards for
hazardous air pollutants for manufacturing of nutritional yeast; solvent
extraction for vegetable oil production; and boat manufacturing.
Items 16, 17 and 18 allow the Department to update its
references to federal regulations by incorporating changes made after the
Department adopted the federal regulation by reference. The purpose of
incorporating federal updates is to make the Department’s requirements
consistent with current federal requirements.
These amendments were approved during the February 18, 2002,
meeting of the Environmental Protection Commission.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
455B.133.
These amendments shall become effective on April 24,
2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [20.3(2), 22.1(1), 22.3(3), 22.100, 22.101(1), 22.201(2),
22.300(3), 22.300(7), 23.1(2), 23.1(4), 23.1(5), 25.1(9), 25.1(10)] is being
omitted. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice as
ARC 1191B, IAB 12/12/01.
[Filed 2/28/02, effective 4/24/02]
[Published
3/20/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
3/20/02.]
ARC 1474B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 455B.105,
455B.332 and 455B.333, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby rescinds
Chapter 132, “Transportation of Radioactive Materials in Iowa,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The Department of Natural Resources currently delegates all
authority granted under Iowa Code sections 455B.332 and 455B.333 to the Iowa
Department of Public Health under a 28E agreement between the two agencies. The
Department of Public Health now has authority to establish policy for the
transportation, storage, handling and disposal of radioactive material for the
purpose of protecting the public health and safety. This authority is granted
by Iowa Code chapter 136C and in conjunction with agreements between the Iowa
Department of Transportation and the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Therefore, it is proposed that Chapter 132 be rescinded in its
entirety.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on November 14, 2001, as ARC 1123B. No comments
were received. No changes have been made from the Notice of Intended
Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
455B.105, 455B.332 and 455B.333.
This amendment shall become effective April 24,
2002.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind and reserve 567—Chapter 132.
[Filed 2/28/02, effective 4/24/02]
[Published 3/20/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 3/20/02.
ARC 1481B
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DEPARTMENT[471]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 14B.105, the
Information Technology Council hereby adopts new Chapter 13, “Acquisition
of Information Technology Devices and Services,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The purpose of this rule making is to adopt rules prescribing
the methods the Department will use to acquire information technology devices or
services. The rules generally prescribe the content that may be included in a
bidding document and also provide for a vendor appeal process. The rules set
forth the approval process for participating agencies making information
technology purchases and a waiver process for Information Technology Council
procurement standards.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on October 31, 2001, as ARC 1056B. Numerous
changes in response to public comment have been made since the rules were
published under Notice.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
14B.
These rules will become effective April 24, 2002.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 13
ACQUISITION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEVICES
AND SERVICES
471—13.1(14B) Statement of policy. It shall be
the policy of the department to obtain the most productive and efficient
information technology devices and services that meet or exceed operational
standards established by the department and procurement standards established by
the council. The mission of the department is to foster the development and
application of information technology to improve the lives of Iowans.
471—13.2(14B) General provisions.
13.2(1) Application. These rules shall apply to (a)
the process for participating agencies to obtain approval for the acquisition of
information technology devices and services, and (b) the acquisition of
information technology devices and services by the department for the
department, or by the department for a participating agency that has requested
the department to procure information technology devices or services on its
behalf. Iowa Code section 14B.109, Iowa Code chapter 18, related procurement
rules, and interagency agreement(s) between the information technology
department and the department of general services may cause certain provisions
(i.e., bidding, award, vendor appeal, proc– esses and procedures) of these
rules to be implemented by the department of general services in accordance with
general services’ purchasing statutes and regulations. When purchasing
information technology devices or services, general services may use the
acquisition methods described in these rules but reserve for itself its own
appeal rules.
13.2(2) Purchases by the department. In the event
there is no agreement between the department and the department of general
services or the departments’ successors, rules 13.4(14B) through
13.12(14B,8) shall apply to purchases by the department or purchases by the
department on behalf of a participating agency.
13.2(3) Definitions. As used in this chapter unless
the context otherwise requires:
“Acquisition” or “acquire” means the
procurement, purchase, lease, lease/purchase, acceptance of, contracting for,
obtaining title to, use of, or any other manner or method for acquiring an
interest in information technology items.
“Acquisition document” means any document or
instrument that effectuates an acquisition of information technology devices or
services including, but not limited to, a purchase order, contract, bill of
sale, invoice, grant or agreement.
“Bid document” means a document issued for the
purpose of acquiring information technology devices and services, including
formal bid documents and informal bid documents.
1. Formal bids include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a. Invitation to bid (ITB), in which cost is the sole
criterion for choice among responsive bidders. ITBs may be used when the
requirements and specifications for acquisitions of information technology
devices or services are generally known and available from competing
vendors;
b. Request for proposal (RFP) and request for
services/strategy (RFS), in which there are specifications, requirements, terms
and conditions or criteria other than cost considered in the selection of the
vendor;
c. Invitation to qualify (ITQ), which is a process to
prequalify and authorize vendors to perform services or
provide goods to the department or the state;
d. Reverse auctions.
Acquisitions are eligible for informal bidding depending on
the estimated cost of the item to be purchased.
2. Informal bids include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a. Reverse auctions;
b. Telephone bids when the department provides requirements
orally and documents oral responses from competitive vendors to identical
specifications;
c. Facsimile bids when the department utilizes facsimile
machines to provide requirements and specifications to vendors and to receive
vendor responses;
d. Bids received via E–mail or the Internet.
The evaluation criteria may be limited to price and past
performance or other relevant information deemed necessary by the
department.
“Competitive bidding” means selecting information
technology devices or services by means of evaluating vendor responses received
from formal or informal bid documents.
“Cooperative acquisition agreement” means an
agreement with one or more governmental entities for the purpose of pooling
funds, leveraging economies of scale or other joint, cooperative efforts toward
the acquisition of information technology.
“Department” means the information technology
department.
“Director” means the director of the information
technology department.
“Emergency acquisition” means an acquisition
meeting the criteria in rule 13.6(14B,18).
“Formal competition” or “formal bid”
or “formal bidding” means an acquisition resulting from the issuance
of a formal bid document, or using a contract established from a previous formal
bid, or an acquisition from the successful vendor of a formal bid awarded within
the previous 60 days.
“General services” means the department of general
services or its successor agency.
“Informal competition” or “informal
bid” or “informal bidding” means an acquisition using an
informal bid document or process.
“Information technology council” or
“council” means the 17–member council, established by Iowa
Code chapter 14B, that oversees the information technology department and the
information technology activities of participating agencies.
“Information technology device” means equipment or
associated software, including programs, languages, procedures, or associated
documentation, used in operating the equipment which is designed for utilizing
information stored in an electronic format. “Information technology
device” includes but is not limited to computer systems, computer
networks, and equipment used for input, output, processing, storage, display,
scanning, and printing.
“Information technology services” means services
designed to provide functions, maintenance, and support of information
technology devices, or services including but not limited to computer systems
application development and maintenance; systems integration and
interoperability; operating systems maintenance and design; computer systems
programming; computer systems software support; planning and security relating
to information technology devices; data management consultation; information
technology education and consulting; information technology planning and
standards; and establishment of local area network and workstation management
standards.
“Negotiated contract” means an agreement that
meets the requirements of Iowa Code section 14B.109(4)“b.”
“Operational standards” means information
technology standards established by the department according to Iowa Code
section 14B.102 that include but are not limited to specifications,
requirements, processes, or initiatives that foster compatibility,
interoperability, connectivity, and use of information technology devices and
services among agencies.
“Participating agency” means any agency other than
the state board of regents and institutions operated under its authority; the
public broadcasting division of the department of education; the department of
transportation’s mobile radio network; the department of public
safety’s law enforcement communications systems; and the Iowa
telecommunications and technology commission, with respect to information
technology that is unique to the Iowa communications network.
“Procurement authority” means an agency authorized
by statute to purchase goods and services.
“Procurement standards” means standards
established by the council with respect to the acquisition of information
technology by all participating agencies.
“Reverse auction” means a repetitive competitive
bidding process, performed in a manner most convenient to the department
including electronically, that allows vendors to submit one or more bids with
each bid having a lower cost than the previous bid. The award shall be made
based upon the requirements of Iowa Code section
14B.109(4)“d.”
“Software” means an ordered set of instructions or
statements that causes information technology devices to process data and
includes any program or set of programs, procedures, or routines used to employ
and control capabilities of computer hardware. As used in these rules, software
also includes, but is not limited to, an operating system; compiler; assembler;
utility; library resource; maintenance routine; application; or computer
networking program’s nonmechanized and nonphysical components;
arrangements; algorithms; procedures; programs; services; sequences and routines
utilized to support, guide, control, direct, or monitor information technology
equipment or applications, and “data processing software” as defined
in Iowa Code section 22.3A(1)“e.”
“Sole source acquisition” means an acquisition
meeting the criteria of rule 13.7(14B,18).
“Systems software” means software designed to
support, guide, control, direct, or monitor information technology equipment,
other system software, mechanical and physical components, arrangements,
procedures, programs, services or routines.
“Targeted small business” or “TSB”
means an Iowa business owned and operated by one or more minority persons, women
or persons with disabilities.
“Upgrade” means additional hardware or software
enhancements, extensions, features, options, or devices to support, enhance, or
extend the life or increase the usefulness of previously procured information
technology devices.
“Vendor” means a person, firm, corporation,
partnership, business or other commercial entity legally doing business in the
state and which offers for sale or lease information technology equipment,
services or software.
471—13.3(14B) Acquisition.
13.3(1) Approval of participating agency information
technology acquisitions. Before a participating agency issues a bid document or
any other acquisition document or otherwise seeks to acquire information
technology devices or services or both through the department or general
services, or on its own purchase authority, the acquisition of the information
technology devices or services or both must be approved by the department as
meeting the procurement standards established by the council and the operational
standards of the department. Otherwise the participating agency shall not
purchase the information technology devices or services.
Participating agencies shall submit, unless previously
exempted or waived, proposed acquisitions of information technology devices,
services or both to the department for approval. The proposed acquisition
request shall include, as applicable:
a. Agency name.
b. Agency unit.
c. Agency unit address.
d. Contact person with telephone number and E–mail
address.
e. If an information technology device, a description,
functional specifications, or make or model of the device or if an information
technology service, a scope of work.
f. Intended purpose for which this device or service will be
used and what function it will perform when operable.
g. Date needed.
h. Location and platform where the device(s) or service(s)
will be used and what systems, program activity or processes it will support or
affect.
i. A listing of vendors, or contracts, offering the device(s)
or service(s), if known.
j. Any other pertinent information.
13.3(2) Review process for proposed
acquisitions.
a. The department shall review, regardless of funding source
and method of acquisition, a proposed acquisition request submitted by a
participating agency with or without procurement authority for compliance with
procurement standards established by the council and the operational standards
of the department. Review and approval by the department are required prior to
issuance of an acquisition document or bid document by a participating agency or
by a procurement authority on behalf of a participating agency. Review and
approval by the department are also required when a material change or deviation
is made to a previously approved proposed acquisition by a participating agency
or by the department on behalf of a participating agency.
b. Approved requests will be forwarded to the agency contact
person and appropriate procurement authority contacts, and the acquisition may
proceed. When requests are not approved, the agency contact will be notified of
available options, which include modification and resubmission of the request or
cancellation of the request, or the agency may request a waiver from the council
pursuant to Iowa Code section 14B.105 and subrule 13.3(3). Once a request is
approved, ongoing approval by the department is not required provided that the
acquisition request or scope of work remains consistent with the previously
approved acquisition request or scope of work. Participating agencies shall
obtain the department’s approval anytime a material modification of the
acquisition or to the scope of work is contemplated. The department may
periodically audit acquisitions made by a participating agency for compliance
with this chapter, procurement standards of the council, and operational
standards of the department. When the audit determines that inconsistencies
with established procurement standards, operational standards or this chapter
exist, the participating agency shall submit all future acquisition requests and
modifications of previously approved acquisition requests to the department for
approval for a term determined by the department.
c. Prior to acquiring information technology devices or
services to replace failed critical information technology devices, the
participating agency shall orally request approval to replace the failed devices
by placing a telephone call to the department’s help desk at
(515)281–5703, describing the nature of the emergency and providing a
contact person and telephone number to whom the department is to reply. The
participating agency may proceed with the emergency acquisition to replace
failed critical information technology devices upon the department’s oral
approval to the participating agency’s contact person or when the
department fails to reply to the contact person within two hours of receiving
the call at the help desk.
d. Requests not complying with applicable procurement
standards or operational standards shall be disapproved, and the devices or
services shall not be procured unless a waiver is granted by the council
pursuant to Iowa Code section 14B.105.
e. Upon request by a participating agency, the department may
acquire, as provided by these rules, any information technology devices or
information technology services requested by or on behalf of an agency and
accordingly bill the agency through the department’s regular process for
the information technology devices or information technology services or for the
use of such devices or services.
f. The department may provide pertinent advice to a
procurement authority or participating agency regarding the acquisition of
information technology, including opportunities for aggregation with other
acquisitions.
g. The department shall establish a Web page (http://
www.iowaccess.org/government/its/Contracts_Purchasing/exemptions.htm) of
previously approved information tech– nology devices and services,
available contracts and resources for which acquisition approval by the
department is not required. The Web page shall be updated from time to time
with additions, deletions and modifications.
h. The department may forward the proposed acquisition to the
department of management for review.
13.3(3) Waiver requests for procurement
standards.
a. Waiver requests. In the event a participating agency is
advised that its proposed acquisition is disapproved and the participating
agency seeks a waiver of procurement standards, it must file its written waiver
request with the department within 20 calendar days of the date of the
disapproval. The waiver request shall describe in detail the reasons supporting
the waiver request.
b. Department to forward request to council. The department
shall forward to all members of the council a copy of the waiver request along
with a statement indicating the reasons why the proposed acquisition did not
comply with procurement standards. The department’s statement of reasons
must be filed with the council at least 15 business days prior to the meeting at
which the members of the council will consider the waiver request. The
participating agency shall have an opportunity to respond to the written
submission of the department. The response of the participating agency shall be
filed with the council at least 3 business days prior to the day of the meeting
at which the members of the council will consider the waiver request.
c. Hearing. The council may conduct a hearing with the
department and the participating agency regarding the waiver request at its next
scheduled meeting after the date the waiver request is received. Additional
evidence may be offered at the time of the hearing. Oral proceedings shall be
recorded either by mechanized means or by certified shorthand reporters.
Parties requesting that the hearing be recorded by certified shorthand reporters
shall bear the costs. Copies of tapes of oral proceedings or transcripts
recorded by certified shorthand reporters shall be paid for by the
requester.
d. Burden of proof. The burden of proof is on the
participating agency to show that good cause exists to grant a waiver to the
participating agency to complete the proposed acquisition.
e. The council may grant a waiver only of procurement
standards. The council does not have authority to waive operational standards
established by the department pursuant to Iowa Code section 14B.102. The
council shall notify the participating agency in writing of its decision to
grant or deny the waiver. In the event a waiver is denied, the participating
agency may appeal to the governor pursuant to Iowa Code section
679A.19.
13.3(4) The approval and review process is
illustrat–ed at http://www.state.ia.us/government/its/Administrative_
Rules/Process_Charts/index.htm.
471—13.4(14B) Acquisition methods available to the
department.
13.4(1) A number of acquisition options exist for the
department to acquire information technology devices and services, including but
not limited to, competitive bidding, use of a cooperative acquisition agreement,
use of a negotiated contract, use of a reverse auction, use of a contract let by
other governmental entity, and use of prequalified vendors.
13.4(2) When the department purchases information
technology devices or information technology services from contracts let by
other governmental entities, the department may purchase devices or services
provided that the vendor is in agreement and the terms and conditions of the
purchase do not adversely impact the governmental entity which was the original
signatory to the contract.
13.4(3) Prequalification of vendors.
a. Using an invitation to qualify, the department may
prequalify vendors and make available to participating agencies a list of
vendors capable of delivering information technology devices or services and
that have been prequalified by the department. The purposes of using an
invitation to qualify vendors to supply information technology devices or
services include but are not limited to the following:
(1) Standardize state terms and conditions relating to all
services provided by vendors, thereby avoiding repetition and
duplication.
(2) Accomplish information technology consulting assignments
in a manner consistent with operational standards developed and adopted by the
department.
(3) Implement a pay–for–performance model directly
linking payments to vendors and defined results thereby obtained as required by
2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 169.
(4) Consolidate information technology and project rec–
ords, including performance assessments, in one location for reference and
review.
(5) Reduce time required for solicitation of proposals from
vendors for individual projects and staff augmentation.
b. The department shall develop the criteria for vendor
qualification based upon its own expertise, information and research, the needs
of participating agencies, and these rules. The department shall develop
evaluation criteria for each invitation to qualify. The department shall issue
invitations to qualify on an as–needed basis. The invitations to qualify
shall remain open bidding documents until the department elects to discontinue
the invitation to qualify or until five, six or seven years from the date the
initial invitation to qualify was issued by the department, depending on the
number of option years elected by the department for a particular vendor group.
Vendors may apply for eligibility on a continuous basis.
c. Vendors seeking to qualify as vendors eligible to perform
work for participating agencies shall be required to meet all the criteria
established by the department for a particular type of work. The department
shall continuously evaluate applications by vendors for placement on a qualified
vendor list for a particular type of work. A prequalified vendor shall be
eligible to receive orders from participating agencies for a period specified by
the department.
d. Before a participating agency may acquire an information
technology device or information technology service from a prequalified vendor,
it must obtain all of the required approvals from the department consistent with
subrule 13.3(2). In the event the participating agency decides to purchase
information technology devices or information technology services from vendors
that have been prequalified by the department, the participating agency or the
department at the request of the participating agency shall issue a bid document
to eligible vendors for a particular information technology device or service.
Eligible vendors shall be notified by E–mail and the department’s
Web site of the request for service. Vendors shall be responsible for obtaining
a copy of the request for service from the department’s Web site or the
Web site of the participating agency. A participating agency may also send a
copy of the request for service to particular eligible vendors.
A participating agency or the department shall select vendors
on the basis of criteria contained in the bid document. The request for
information technology devices or services must be sufficiently detailed so that
vendors can provide price and experience information. A participating agency
may request a response from vendors in 24 hours or more from the time the
request for information technology devices or services was issued. Responses
may be received by facsimile or E–mail as directed by the participating
agency or department, as applicable.
Before a bid shall be awarded by the participating
agency’s procurement authority, the department shall approve the vendor
selected to perform the work. All vendors submitting a bid shall be notified of
the decision of the participating agency or the department regarding the
selection of a vendor to perform the work described in the request for
information technology services. Aggrieved vendors may appeal a decision to
award a specific contract or to deny eligibility pursuant to these
rules.
13.4(4) The process is illustrated at
http://www.state. ia.us/government/its/Administrative_Rules/Process_Charts
/index.htm.
471—13.5(14B) Department bidding requirements and
thresholds.
13.5(1) Thresholds.
a. Information technology devices with an estimated cost over
the life of the contract including optional renewals in amounts up to $10,000
are exempt from the bidding requirements described in this chapter.
b. Information technology services with an estimated annual
cost up to $5,000 or an estimated cost over the life of the contract including
optional renewals in amounts up to $15,000 are exempt from the bidding
requirements described in this chapter.
c. Information technology devices or services that do not
exceed $5,000 may be purchased directly from targeted small
businesses.
13.5(2) Bid requirements. When competitive bidding is
required, the department shall use the following procedures:
a. Acquisition of information technology devices with an
estimated cost over the life of the contract including optional renewals in
amounts between $10,000 and $100,000 are subject to either informal or formal
competition.
b. Acquisition of information technology devices with an
estimated cost over the life of the contract including optional renewals in
amounts of $100,000 or more are subject to formal competition.
c. Acquisition of information technology services with an
estimated annual cost between $5,000 and $50,000 or an estimated cost over the
life of the contract including optional renewals in amounts between $15,000 and
$50,000 are subject to either informal or formal competition.
d. Acquisition of information technology services with an
estimated annual cost of $50,000 or more or an estimated cost over the life of
the contract including optional renewals in amounts of $150,000 or more are
subject to formal competition.
13.5(3) Notice.
a. When the department competitively acquires information
technology devices or services with an estimated cost of less than $100,000 over
the life of the contract including optional renewals, the department shall post
a notice of its intent to procure in the following locations:
(1) On the targeted small business Web site 48 hours prior to
the time the notice is posted on the department’s Web site or posted in a
public place; and
(2) On the department’s Web site for a period of not
less than ten days; and
(3) In a public place.
The notice shall indicate that it is a notice to prospective
bidders, contain the bid due date and time of opening, describe the information
technology devices or information technology services to be purchased, and
provide the name, address and telephone number of the person to be contacted to
obtain official bidding documents.
b. When the department acquires information technology devices
or services with an estimated cost of $100,000 or more over the life of the
contract including optional renewals, the department shall simultaneously post
or publish a notice of its intent to procure in the following
locations:
(1) At least once in an electronic source of general
circulation;
(2) On its Web site for a period of at least ten days;
and
(3) On the targeted small business Web site 48 hours prior to
the time the notice is published in a paper of general circulation or on the
department’s Web site.
The notice shall indicate that it is a notice to prospective
bidders, contain the bid due date and time of opening, describe the devices or
services to be purchased, and provide the name, address and telephone number of
the person to be contacted to obtain official bidding documents.
c. When the department issues bid documents, the department
may elect to conduct the entire acquisition electronically. In such case, paper
copies of the bid documents will be available. In order for a vendor to receive
a paper copy of the bid documents, the vendor shall make a public records
request. The department shall provide a paper copy of the bid documents in
accordance with Iowa Code chapter 22 or other applicable law governing public
records requests.
13.5(4) In the event the department elects to conduct
any acquisition electronically or otherwise, it may request that vendors submit
a letter of intent to participate in the acquisition. In the event a vendor
fails to submit a letter of intent when requested, the department may declare
the vendor ineligible to bid on the particular acquisition.
13.5(5) The bid specifications shall be based upon the
needs of the department, or the needs of the participating agency if the
acquisition is on its behalf, appropriate operational standards, appropriate
procurement standards, plans, policies, initiatives, enterprise resource use,
aggregation of state resources and recommendations of the department.
13.5(6) When applicable and in the best interest of
the state, the department may trade in devices or services to offset the cost of
new devices or services in a manner consistent with 401 IAC 7.17(18).
13.5(7) The department may distribute bid documents to
bidders that have expressed an interest in receiving bid documents from the
department and to others identified as offering the requested device(s) or
service(s) in conformance with the notice requirements of these rules.
13.5(8) The department may consider cash discounts or
other value–added services when considering a bid proposal.
13.5(9) The department may consider background
information, financial information, or other information identified in the bid
documents deemed relevant by the department when awarding contracts for
information technology devices or services.
13.5(10) In no event shall proposals be made public
until after the proposals have been evaluated and a notice of intent to award a
contract has been issued by the appropriate procurement authority.
13.5(11) The department shall resolve tied bid
proposals that are equal in all respects and tied in price by drawing lots.
Whenever practicable, the drawing shall be held in the presence of the vendors
whose proposals are tied. If this is not possible, the drawing shall be made in
front of at least three persons and the drawing will be documented in writing.
Whenever a tie involves an Iowa firm and a firm outside the state of Iowa, the
Iowa firm shall receive preference. Whenever a tie involves two or more Iowa
firms and one or more firms outside the state of Iowa, the drawing shall be held
among the Iowa firms only. The tied bid proposals involving Iowa–produced
or Iowa–manufactured products and devices or services produced or
manufactured outside the state of Iowa shall be resolved in favor of the Iowa
product or service.
13.5(12) Time of submission. All formal bids and
proposals shall be submitted by the vendor in sufficient time to reach the
department not later than the date and time set for the opening of the bids or
proposals. All informal bids shall be submitted by the vendor in time to reach
the department prior to the time specified by the department. Bids and
proposals shall be marked by the department with the date and time received by
the department. Bids and proposals received after the date and time set for
opening or for submission shall be returned to the vendor unopened. All vendors
to whom bid documents are sent shall be notified of any changes of the time of
submission. If an acquisition is canceled prior to the time set for opening the
bids or proposals, any responses already received shall be returned unopened or
the department in its discretion will destroy the proposals unopened.
13.5(13) Modification or withdrawal of bids. Bids or
proposals may be modified or withdrawn prior to the time and date set for the
bid or proposal opening. Modifications or withdrawals shall be in writing and
delivered in a sealed envelope which properly identifies the correct bid or
proposal to be modified or withdrawn. A bid or proposal may be withdrawn after
opening only with the approval of the department if the department finds that an
honest error was made by the vendor which will cause undue financial hardship to
the vendor and which will not cause undue financial hardship or inconvenience to
the department. The department’s contact person may contact a vendor to
discuss the error in the vendor’s proposal. Nothing in this rule shall
limit the department’s ability to amend its bid documents prior to the
date bids or proposals are due.
13.5(14) Financial security. The department may
require bid security, litigation security, fidelity security and performance
security as designated in the bid documents. When required, security may be by
certified check, cashier’s check, certificate of deposit, irrevocable
letter of credit, bond, or other security acceptable to the
department.
13.5(15) Rejection of bids and proposals. The
department reserves the right to reject any or all bids or proposals. Bids and
proposals may be rejected because of faulty specifications, abandonment of the
project, insufficient funds, evidence of unfair or flawed bidding procedures,
failure of a vendor to meet the requirements described in the bid document, or
for any other reason as determined by the department. The department shall not
be required to provide a reason for the rejection of bids and proposals.
Following the rejection of bids, new bids may be requested by the department at
any time deemed convenient by the department.
13.5(16) Content of bid document. The bid document
may contain the following information:
a. A description of or the purpose for which the information
technology devices or services are to be used.
b. Requirements, specifications and operational standards or
procurement standards to which the devices and services must conform. The
document may include but is not limited to a description of the devices or
services, make and model of the devices or services to be purchased,
specifications and operational standards or procurement standards the devices or
services must meet in order to be considered for the acquisition.
c. The date, time and place of submittal.
d. A statement requiring an explanation of associated criteria
including maintenance and service agreements, operating and environmental
constraints such as temperature, power, software limitations, ownership,
trademark or other operational restrictions.
e. A statement requiring the vendor’s name, primary
place of business, and location of service and sales offices appropriate to the
acquisition.
f. A statement providing that nonconforming devices or
services may be considered if the vendor is able to meet required performance
levels, reduce costs, or furnish evidence of other overriding
considerations.
g. Requirements for bid, performance, fidelity, litigation or
surety bonds and insurance coverage when necessary.
h. Delivery dates, installation time or modification
requirements.
i. Warranty and service maintenance requirements.
j. The site at which the information technology devices or
services are to be housed or provided.
k. When necessary, requirements for the demonstration of the
devices or services as well as vendors’ conferences, including times and
places.
l. A statement requiring the submittal of and explanation of
full acquisition and operational costs associated with the devices or
services.
m. Terms and conditions in conformance with 2001 Iowa Acts,
chapter 169, when the department purchases services.
n. Terms and conditions developed by the department when the
department is purchasing information technology devices.
o. Any other relevant information specified or requested by
the department.
13.5(17) Review of proposals.
a. Review of the proposals shall commence after the closing
date for submittal of bids and shall be completed within the time limit set
forth in the bid document. However, the department shall be permitted to vary
the time by which the evaluation process shall be completed by notifying vendors
either in the bid document or after the evaluation of proposals has commenced.
In the event the acquisition is for a participating agency, the composition of
the evaluation team will consist of at least one representative from the
participating agency and one representative from the department.
b. The evaluation team shall provide a recommendation to the
director of the information technology department with respect to the awarding
of the contract.
c. The director of the information technology department shall
act upon the recommendation and approve or disapprove the award or request
additional information. If the department is purchasing information technology
devices or services for a participating agency, and before a decision to issue a
notice of intent to award is made, the director shall consult with the head of
the participating agency making the purchase or the agency head’s designee
regarding the recommendation to award a contract. After consultation, the
department shall issue a notice of intent to award and notify all vendors that
submitted bids or proposals.
13.5(18) The department may establish contracts for
information technology devices and services that are advantageous to the state.
When the bid documents provide that the department will purchase enhancements,
extensions, new features and new devices, the contract created for the
acquisition may allow for the addition of enhancements, extensions, new
features, and new devices to the contract during its term.
13.5(19) Contracts entered into and made available by
other state procurement authorities or political subdivisions of the state or
cooperative acquisition agreements may be used to acquire information technology
devices or services when appropriate. Contracts entered into by the department
may be extended to, and for the use of, other state purchasing authorities,
political subdivisions or their offices or units including but not limited to
school corporations, nonpublic accredited schools, area education agencies or
area agencies on aging, community colleges, judicial districts,
community–based corrections or other like agencies at any level of
government, or purchasing agencies.
471—13.6(14B,18) Emergency acquisitions. The
department may purchase information technology devices or services without using
competitive bidding processes when there is an emergency in which circumstances
prevail that reasonably preclude the full application of these rules including,
but not limited to, a condition:
1. That threatens public health, welfare or safety;
or
2. In which the department must act to preserve critical
services or programs; or
3. In which the situation is a result of events or
circumstances not reasonably foreseeable.
The department shall attempt to acquire information technology
devices or services with as much competition as practicable under the
circumstances.
Emergency acquisitions may also be made in
conformance with Iowa Code section 18.6(2) and 401 IAC 7.2(18).
471—13.7(14B,18) Sole source
acquisitions.
13.7(1) Sole source acquisitions shall be avoided
unless clearly necessary and justifiable. The department may acquire
information technology devices or services without using competitive bidding
procedures when:
a. The information technology device or service to be acquired
is systems software or an upgrade; or
b. Compatibility is the overriding consideration; or
c. A single source is clearly the most qualified, eligible or
acceptable to supply the information technology device(s) or to perform a
service; or
d. The work to be performed is of such a specialized nature
or related to a specific geographic location that only a single source, by
virtue of experience, expertise, or proximity to the project, could most
satisfactorily provide the information technology device or the service;
or
e. The acquisition would prevent voidance or termination of a
warranty; or
f. The acquisition would prevent default under a contract or
other obligation; or
g. The federal government or other provider of funds for the
information technology devices or services being purchased (other than the state
of Iowa) has imposed clear and specific restrictions on the department’s
use of the funds in a way that restricts the department to only one source;
or
h. Applicable law requires, provides for, or permits use of a
sole source procurement.
Sole source purchases may also be made in conformance with
Iowa Code section 18.6(2) and 401 IAC 7.2(18).
13.7(2) Sole source acquisitions shall follow the
procedures described below:
a. The director or director’s designee shall sign
all sole source contracts and amendments regardless of cost or length of term.
Use of a sole source acquisition does not relieve the department from
negotiating a fair and reasonable price and thoroughly documenting the
acquisition action.
b. The department shall verify a service provider’s
qualifications, insurance coverage (if applicable), information on warranty
offered, and any other data pertinent to the acquisition.
471—13.8(14B) Vendor appeals. Any vendor whose
bid or proposal has been timely filed and who is aggrieved by the decision of
the director may appeal the decision by filing a written notice of appeal and
request for contested case before the council, sent to Information Technology
Department, Hoover State Office Building, Level B, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0141, within 30 calendar days of the date of award. A written
notice of appeal may be filed by a fax transmission. The notice shall state the
following:
1. The relief demanded and the facts and law relied upon for
relief;
2. The particular provisions of the statutes and rules
involved with specific reference to the grounds identified in Iowa Code section
17A.19(10);
3. On whose behalf the petition is filed; and
4. The name, address and telephone number of the petitioner
and the petitioner’s attorney, if any.
471—13.9(14B) Procedures for vendor appeal. The
following procedures shall apply when the council considers a vendor
appeal.
13.9(1) Upon receipt of a notice of vendor appeal, the
council may in its discretion refer a vendor appeal to the department of
inspections and appeals and request a hearing before a qualified administrative
law judge. The ruling of an administrative law judge acting as the sole
presiding officer shall constitute a proposed decision. Council review of a
proposed decision shall be according to Iowa Code subsection 17A.15(3) and these
rules. Nothing in this subrule shall prevent the council from hearing a vendor
appeal without the assistance of an administrative law judge. This subrule
merely authorizes an alternative procedure.
13.9(2) A written notice of the date, time and
location of the appeal hearing shall be sent to the aggrieved vendor or vendors.
A hearing shall be held on the vendor appeal within 20 days of the date the
notice of appeal was received by the department. The hearing may be a
consolidated hearing at which all timely filed appeals by aggrieved vendors for
a particular acquisition are considered. The department shall not be required
to file a motion to consolidate all appeals. It shall be sufficient for the
department to request one hearing for all the appeals filed for a particular
acquisition. A copy of the transmittal form shall be made available to the
aggrieved vendors.
13.9(3) Discovery. Any discovery requests shall be
served simultaneously on the parties within seven days of the notice of
appeal.
13.9(4) Witnesses and exhibits. Within three days
following notice of appeal, the parties may contact each other regarding
witnesses and exhibits. There is no requirement for witness and exhibit lists.
The parties shall exchange exhibits at least seven days prior to the hearing.
The department shall exchange exhibits only with aggrieved parties. In its
discretion, the department may distribute to other members of the public
exhibits upon request and subject to the provisions of Iowa Code chapter
22.
13.9(5) Evidence for a telephone or network hearing.
If the hearing is conducted by telephone or on the Iowa communications network,
all exhibits must be delivered to the office of the presiding officer three days
prior to the time the hearing is conducted. Any exhibits which have not been
served on the opposing party should be served at least seven days prior to the
hearing. Hearings are open to the public.
13.9(6) Record requirements. The record of the
contested case shall include all materials specified in Iowa Code subsection
17A.12(6). The record shall also include any request for a contested case
hearing and other relevant procedural documents regardless of their
form.
a. Method of recording. Oral proceedings in connection with a
vendor appeal shall be recorded either by mechanized means or by certified
shorthand reporters. Parties requesting that the hearing be recorded by
certified shorthand reporters shall bear the costs.
b. Transcription. Oral proceedings in connection with a
hearing in a case or any portion of the oral proceedings shall be transcribed at
the request of any party with the expense of the transcription charged to the
requesting party.
c. Tapes. Copies of tapes of oral proceedings may be obtained
from the presiding officer at the requester’s expense.
d. Retention time. The recording or stenographic notes of
oral proceedings or the transcription shall be filed and maintained by the
department for at least five years from the date of the proposed
decision.
13.9(7) Contents of decision. The administrative law
judge, or the council if an administrative law judge is not used, shall issue a
proposed decision in writing that includes findings of fact and conclusions of
law stated separately. The decision shall be based on the record of the
contested case and shall conform with Iowa Code chapter 17A. The decision shall
be sent to all parties by first–class mail. The proposed decision shall
become the final decision of the council ten days after mailing of the proposed
decision, unless prior to that time a party submits an appeal of the proposed
decision or the council seeks review on its own motion.
13.9(8) Dismissal. A ruling dismissing all of a
party’s claims or a voluntary dismissal is a proposed decision under Iowa
Code section 17A.15.
471—13.10(14B) Review of decision.
13.10(1) Notice of an appeal for review of a proposed
decision issued by an administrative law judge or notice of the council’s
own review shall be mailed to all parties by the council chair or chair’s
designee. Within ten days after mailing of the notice of appeal or the
council’s review, any party may submit to the council exceptions to and a
brief in support of or in opposition to the proposed decision, copies of which
shall be mailed by the submitting party to all other parties to the proceeding.
The council chair or chair’s designee shall notify the parties if oral
argument will be heard and shall specify whether oral argument will be heard in
person, by telephone or over the Iowa communications network. The council chair
shall schedule the council’s review of the proposed decision not less than
30 days after mailing of the notice of appeal or the council’s own
review.
13.10(2) Failure to appeal a proposed decision will
preclude judicial review unless the council reviews the proposed decision on its
own motion.
13.10(3) Review of a proposed decision shall be based
on the record and limited to the issues raised in the hearing. The issues shall
be specified in the notice of appeal of a proposed decision. The party
requesting the review shall be responsible for transcribing any tape of the oral
proceedings or arranging for a transcript of oral proceedings reported by a
certified shorthand reporter.
13.10(4) Each party shall have the opportunity to file
exceptions and present briefs. The council chair may set deadlines for the
submission of exceptions or briefs. If oral argument will be held, the council
chair shall notify all parties of the date, time and location at least ten days
in advance.
13.10(5) The council shall not receive any additional
evidence, unless it grants an application to present additional evidence. A
party must file any such application no less than five business days in advance
of oral argument. Additional evidence shall be allowed only upon a showing that
it is material to the outcome and that there were good reasons for failure to
present it at hearing. If an application to present additional evidence is
granted, the council shall order the conditions under which it shall be
presented.
13.10(6) Requests for rehearing shall be made to the
director within ten days of issuing a final decision. A rehearing may be
granted when new legal issues are raised, new evidence is available, an obvious
mistake is corrected, or when the decision failed to include adequate findings
or conclusions on all issues. A request for rehearing is not necessary to
exhaust administrative remedies.
13.10(7) The council’s final decision shall be
in writing and it may incorporate all or part of the proposed
decision.
13.10(8) Judicial review of the council’s final
decisions may be sought in accordance with Iowa Code section 17A.19.
471—13.11(14B) Stay of agency action for vendor
appeal.
13.11(1) Any party appealing the issuance of a notice
of award may petition for stay of the award pending its review. The petition for
stay shall be filed with the notice of appeal and shall state the reasons
justifying a stay.
13.11(2) Any party adversely affected by a final
decision and order may petition the department which issued the decision for a
stay of that decision and order pending judicial review. The petition for stay
shall be filed with the council within five days of receipt of the final
decision and order and shall state the reasons justifying a stay.
13.11(3) When granted. The council, as appropriate,
may grant a stay when the director concludes that the requirements of Iowa Code
section 17A.19(5)“c” are satisfied.
13.11(4) Vacation. A stay may be vacated by the
council upon application of the department or any other party.
471—13.12(14B,8) Service contracts. When the
department purchases services, the provisions of 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 169,
relating to service contracts shall apply. Additionally, any rules adopted by
the department of general services containing uniform terms and conditions shall
apply to all contracts for services.
The director or the director’s designee may authorize
the negotiation of a contract without competitive bidding or solicitation of
quotations or advertising for proposals if the service is to be provided by
another governmental entity or educational institution or nonprofit corporation
or if the service sought qualifies as a sole source acquisition or an emergency
acquisition.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
14B.
[Filed 2/28/02, effective 4/24/02]
[Published 3/20/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 3/20/02.
ARC 1489B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249G.2, the
Insurance Division hereby amends Chapter 72, “Long–Term Care Asset
Preservation Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments modify the process for approval of the required
training program, reduce the number of education credits required and specify
the content of the training. The amendments also change numerous references
from “qualified” to “certified” to avoid confusion with
similar references in the Internal Revenue Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the October 17,
2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1042B. A public hearing was
held at 11:30 a.m. on November 7, 2001, at the offices of the Insurance
Division. Several comments were received and considered. The adopted
amendments differ from the Notice in that they substitute the word
“certified,” instead of the word “approved,” for
“qualified” as proposed in the Notice. Provisions pertaining to the
required training were also changed.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
249G.
These amendments will become effective April 24,
2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
191—72.3(249G), definitions of “asset disregard,”
“asset protection,” “authorized designee,”
“certificate holder,” “qualified insured,”
“qualified long–term care insurance policy or certificate,”
and “service summary,” as follows:
“Asset disregard” means a $1 increase in the
amountof assets an individual who purchases a qualified
certified long–term care policy may retain, upon qualification for
Medicaid, for each $1 of benefit paid out under the individual’s
qualified certified long–term care policy for
Medicaid–eligible long–term care services in determining eligibility
for the Medicaid program.
“Asset protection” means the right extended by 441
IAC 75.5(5) to beneficiaries of qualified certified
long–term care insurance policies and certificates to an asset disregard
under the Iowa long–term care asset preservation program.
“Authorized designee” means any person designated
in writing to the insurance company by the policyholder or certificate holder of
a qualified certified long–term care policy or
certificate for purposes of notification under paragraph
72.7(1)“h.”
“Certificate holder” means an owner of a
qualified certified long–term care insurance
certificate or the beneficiary of a qualified certified
long–term care certificate.
“Qualified insured” means the following:
1. An individual who by reason of age is eligible for parts
“A” and “B” of the Medicare program (42 U.S.C. 1395 et
seq.) who is either:
• The beneficiary of a
qualified certified long–term care policy or
certificate approved by the division of insurance; or
• Enrolled in a prepaid
health care delivery plan that provides long–term care services and
qualifies under this rule; or
2. An individual who is eligible for an asset disregard under
a qualified certified long–term care policy or
certificate. An individual does not have to be a qualified insured to purchase
a qualified certified long–term care policy or
certificate.
“Qualified Certified
long–term care insurance policy or certificate” means any
long–term care insurance policy or certificate qualified
certified for sale to Iowa residents by the division of insurance as
meeting standards promulgated under rules 191—72.6(249G) and
191—72.7(249G).
“Service summary” means a written summary,
prepared by an issuer for a qualified insured, which identifies the
following:
1. The specific qualified certified
policy or certificate.
2. The total benefits paid for services to date.
3. The amount of benefits qualifying for asset
protection.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 191—72.5(249G)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
191—72.5(249G) Standards for marketing. No
long–term care insurance policy or certificate which does not meet the
requirements of this chapter and has not been approved by the division of
insurance as a qualified certified long–term care
insurance policy or certificate may be advertised, solicited, or issued for
delivery in this state as a qualified certified
long–term care insurance policy or certificate. Each issuer seeking to
qualify a long–term care policy or certificate for participation in the
Iowa long–term care asset preservation program must do the
following:
Amend paragraph 72.5(2)“b” as
follows:
b. Received a description of the issuer’s
qualified certified long–term care policy or
certificate benefit option meeting the requirements of subrule
72.6(2).
Amend paragraph 72.5(2)“e” as
follows:
e. Received a description regarding mandatory inflation
protection that shall be in the following format:
NOTICE TO APPLICANT REGARDING
MANDATORY INFLATION
PROTECTION
In order for this long–term care policy [certificate] to
remain qualified certified by the state of Iowa and
qualify to provide asset protection for the state Medicaid program, daily
coverage benefits must meet or exceed standards established by the state of
Iowa. Depending on the option you choose to automatically inflate daily
coverage benefits, premiums may rise over the life of the policy [certificate].
[Insert issuer name] will provide you with a graphic comparison showing the
differences in premiums and benefits, over at least a 20–year period,
between a policy that increases benefits over the policy period and a policy
that does not increase benefits. Failure to maintain the required daily
coverage benefits will result in the policy [certificate] losing its
qualification certified status and no longer being
allowed to provide asset protection. It is [insert issuer name]’s
responsibility to automatically inflate coverage benefit levels in order to
maintain qualification certified status; it is your
responsibility to make premium payments in order to maintain
qualification certified status.
Amend subrule 72.5(3), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
72.5(3) Report to the commissioner of the division of
insurance all sales involving replacement of existing policies and certificates
by qualified certified policies or certificates within
30 days of the issue date of the newly issued qualified
certified policy or certificate. The report shall include the
following:
ITEM 3. Amend paragraph
72.5(4)“a” as follows:
a. Provide written evidence to the division of insurance that
procedures are in place to ensure that no producer or
telemarketer will be authorized to market, sell, solicit, or otherwise
contact any person for the purpose of marketing a qualified
certified long–term care insurance policy or certificate unless the
producer or telemarketer has completed 16
hours of training approved by the division of insurance on
long–term care insurance, in general, and training covering at
least the division’s eight–credit outline on the Iowa
long–term care asset preservation program specifically.
Such assurances shall be in the form of a document signed by the
producer or telemarketer and a representative of the company attesting to the
completion of the required training by the producer and submitted to the
division of insurance.
ITEM 4. Amend paragraph
72.5(4)“b” as follows:
b. Issuers shall provide written evidence to the division of
insurance that procedures are in place to ensure that no producer,
broker, solicitor, or individual will be authorized to market, sell,
solicit, or otherwise contact any person for the purpose of marketing a
certified long–term care insurance policy or certificate unless,
prior to relicensure on an annual
basis, the producer, broker, solicitor, or
individual completes 4 two hours of
continuing education training every 12 months after the completion of
the initial 16 hours of training required. specifically covering the
Iowa long–term care asset preservation program and Medicaid.
Such assurances shall be in the form of a document signed by the
producer, broker, solicitor, or individual and a representative of the company
attesting to the completion of the required training by the producer, broker,
solicitor, or individual and shall be made available to the division of
insurance upon request.
ITEM 5. Amend paragraph
72.5(4)“d” as follows:
d. Issuers shall submit training courses used for continuing
education for approval to the outside vendor under contract with the
division of insurance at least 30 days prior to the beginning of the course.
Requests received later may be disapproved.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 72.5(6) as
follows:
72.5(6) Long–term care insurance policies or
certificates sold after July 1, 1994, that are not qualified
certified under the Iowa long–term care asset preservation program
must include a statement on the outline of coverage, the policy or certificate
application, and the front page of the policy or certificate in bold type and in
a separate box as follows: “THIS POLICY [CERTIFICATE] DOES NOT QUALIFY
FOR MEDICAID ASSET PROTECTION UNDER THE IOWA LONG–TERM CARE ASSET
PRESERVATION PROGRAM. HOWEVER, THIS POLICY [CERTIFICATE] IS AN APPROVED
LONG–TERM CARE INSURANCE POLICY [CERTIFICATE] UNDER STATE INSURANCE
REGULATIONS. FOR INFORMATION ABOUT POLICIES AND CERTIFICATES QUALIFYING UNDER
THE IOWA LONG–TERM CARE ASSET PRESERVATION PROGRAM, CALL THE SENIOR HEALTH
INSURANCE INFORMATION PROGRAM OF THE DIVISION OF INSURANCE AT
1–515–281–5705.”
[Filed 3/1/02, effective 4/24/02]
[Published 3/20/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 3/20/02.
ARC 1468B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on February 12, 2002, adopted Chapter
178, “Project Cost Reporting Requirements for Cities and Counties,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these rules was published in the
December 26, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1207B.
These new rules implement 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 32, sections
4, 5, 7, 8, 9, and 12, which require cities and counties to report the following
information to the Department each year:
• The cost of day labor and
contracts for construction, reconstruction and improvement projects on the
farm–to–market, secondary road and municipal street
systems.
• The cost of purchasing,
leasing and renting construction and maintenance equipment.
• The use of this equipment
for construction, reconstruction and improvement projects on the
farm–to–market, secondary road and municipal street
systems.
This legislation requires the Department to adopt rules using
the input of an advisory committee composed of representatives of public sector
agencies, private sector contractor organizations, and certified public employee
collective bargaining organizations. The legislation directs the Department to
define the terms “construction,” “reconstruction,”
“improvement” and “repair or maintenance” and to include
definitions concerning the types of projects. The legislation will become
effective July 1, 2002.
The Department worked with an advisory committee composed of
representatives of cities, counties, contractors and organized labor to develop
rules. The rules contain the required definitions and categorize projects by
type. The rules provide that counties are to report the required information as
a part of the annual report they submit to the Department under Iowa Code
section 309.22. Cities are to report the required information as a part of the
annual report they submit to the Department under Iowa Code section
312.14.
Under the rules, reporting of projects accomplished by day
labor or contract will be required for any construction, reconstruction or
improvement project that has a total cost of 90 percent or more of the
applicable bid threshold. Other reporting requirements set out in the Iowa Code
still apply.
These rules do not provide for waivers. Any person who
believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a
waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter
11.
These rules are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
309.22, 309.93, 312.14, and 314.1 and 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 32, sections 4, 5,
7, 8, 9, and 12.
These rules will become effective July 1, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Ch 178] is being omitted. These rules are identical to those
published under Notice as ARC 1207B, IAB 12/26/01.
[Filed 2/15/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published
3/20/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
3/20/02.]
ARC 1467B
TRANSPORTATION
DEPARTMENT[761]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 307.10 and
307.12, the Department of Transportation, on February 12, 2002, adopted
amendments to Chapter 601, “Application for License,” Chapter 605,
“License Issuance,” and Chapter 615, “Sanctions,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the December 26, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
1197B.
Items 1 to 4 and 6 to 9 implement 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 32,
sections 41 to 48. This legislation:
• Requires a licensee to
notify the Department of a mailing address change within 30 days of the
change.
• Requires an applicant for
a new license or a renewal of an existing license to sign a statement that
acknowledges the applicant’s knowledge of this requirement.
• Removes the requirement
that notices under Iowa Code chapters 321 and 321J and any other law regulating
the operating of vehicles be given by certified mail and substitutes
first–class mail. The option of delivery of notices by personal service
remains.
• Requires the Department to
adopt rules regarding the giving of notice by first–class mail, the
updating of addresses in the Department’s records, and the development of
affidavits verifying the mailing of notices.
• Allows a person to appeal
the extension of a suspension or revocation based on a conviction under Iowa
Code section 321.218 or 321J.21, solely on the ground of whether the Department
failed to serve notice of the underlying suspension or revocation to the address
on record.
• Requires the Department to
rescind the extended suspension or revocation and notify the court if the
Department determines that it failed to serve such notice.
Item 5 rescinds the rule that implements renewal by mail.
2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 180, section 8, repealed the option to renew a license
by mail.
These amendments do not provide for waivers. Any person who
believes that the person’s circumstances meet the statutory criteria for a
waiver may petition the Department for a waiver under 761—Chapter
11.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
321, 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 32, sections 41 to 48, and 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter
180, section 8.
These amendments will become effective April 24,
2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [601.1(1), 601.1(6), 601.1(7), 605.12, 605.26, 615.37,
615.38(1), 615.38(5)“b,” 615.38] is being omitted. These amendments
are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 1197B, IAB
12/26/01.
[Filed 2/15/02, effective 4/24/02]
[Published
3/20/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
3/20/02.]
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 2002 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Wed Mar 20 0:10:01 2002
URL: /Rules/2002/Bulletin/ACB020320.html
rfc